Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

BELLRING BRANDS, INC.

BellRing Brands, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:

1. Name. The name of the Corporation is BellRing Brands, Inc.

2. Address; Registered Office and Agent. The address of the Corporation’s registered office is Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808; and the name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

3. Purposes. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as from time to time in effect, the “General Corporation Law”).

4. Number of Shares.

4.1 The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is five hundred fifty million (550,000,000) shares, consisting of: (i) five hundred million (500,000,000) shares of common stock, with the par value of $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”); and (ii) fifty million (50,000,000) shares of preferred stock, with the par value of $0.01 per share (“Preferred Stock”).

4.2 Subject to the special rights of the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, the number of authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased, in each case by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law, and no vote of the holders of Common Stock or Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, the number of authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock may not be decreased below the number of shares of such class then outstanding.

5. Classes of Shares. The designation, relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each class of capital stock are as follows:

5.1 Common Stock.

(i) Voting Rights. Each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled, with respect to each share of Common Stock held by such holder on the applicable record date, to one (1) vote, in person or by proxy, on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote.

(ii) Dividends. Subject to applicable law and the special rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, dividends of cash, shares of stock of the Corporation or property may be declared and paid on the Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation that are by law available therefor, at the times and in the amounts as the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) in its discretion may determine.

1

(iii) Liquidation. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, and subject to the special rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, the holders of all outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, pari passu, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by each holder.

5.2 Preferred Stock. Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series of any number of shares, provided that the aggregate number of shares issued and not retired of any and all such series shall not exceed the total number of shares of Preferred Stock hereinabove authorized, and with such powers, including voting powers, if any, and the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, all as shall hereafter be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions providing for the designation and issue of such shares of Preferred Stock from time to time adopted by the Board pursuant to authority so to do which is hereby expressly vested in the Board. The powers, including voting powers, if any, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. Each series of shares of Preferred Stock: (i) may have such voting rights or powers, full or limited, if any; (ii) may be subject to redemption at such time or times and at such prices, if any; (iii) may be entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rate or rates, on such conditions and at such times, and payable in preference to, or in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes or series of capital stock, if any; (iv) may have such rights upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, winding up or dissolution of, upon any distribution of the assets of, or in the event of any merger, sale or consolidation of, the Corporation, if any; (v) may be made convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of capital stock of the Corporation (or any other securities of the Corporation or any other Person) at such price or prices or at such rates of exchange and with such adjustments, if any; (vi) may be entitled to the benefit of a sinking fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of shares of such series in such amount or amounts, if any; (vii) may be entitled to the benefit of conditions and restrictions upon the creation of indebtedness of the Corporation or any subsidiary, upon the issue of any additional shares (including additional shares of such series or of any other series) and upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Corporation or any subsidiary of, any outstanding shares of the Corporation, if any; (viii) may be subject to restrictions on transfer or registration of transfer, or on the amount of shares that may be owned by any Person or group of Persons; and (ix) may have such other relative, participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any; all as shall be stated in said resolution or resolutions of the Board providing for the designation and issue of such shares of Preferred Stock.

6. Stockholder Matters.

6.1 Actions by Written Consent. Any action required by the General Corporation Law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be effected only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent by such stockholders in lieu of a meeting.

6.2 Election of Directors by Written Ballot. Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws of the Corporation (as such Bylaws may be amended from time to time, the “Bylaws”) shall so require, the election of the directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

7. Directors.

7.1 Number and Classification. Subject to the special rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the number of directors shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided

2

in, the Bylaws, but shall not be less than five nor more than twelve members. Subject to the special rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the directors shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, except that one class may be one greater or one less in number than the other two classes. At each annual meeting of stockholders, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a three year term (and until their respective successors shall have been elected and qualified in each class or until their earlier death, resignation or removal), so that the term of one class of directors shall expire in each year. With respect to directors in office on the date of this Certificate of Incorporation, the first class of directors shall hold office until the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date shares of capital stock of the Corporation are first publicly traded (the “Closing Date”), the second class of directors shall hold office until the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Closing Date, and the third class of directors shall hold office until the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Closing Date. The Board is authorized to assign members of the Board already in office to their respective class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of capital stock of the Corporation, other than shares of Common Stock, shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorship shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designation thereunder applicable thereto. As used in this Certificate of Incorporation, the term “entire Board” means the total number of directors fixed by, or in accordance with, this Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws.

7.2 Removal of Directors. Subject to the special rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, members of the Board may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

7.3 Vacancies. Subject to the special rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, any vacancies in the Board which occur for any reason, and any newly created directorships which occur by reason of an increase in the number of directors, may be filled only by the majority of the remaining directors (even if less than a quorum) or by a sole remaining director.

8. Corporate Opportunities.

8.1 Competition and Corporate Opportunities.

(i) Subject to any express agreement that may from time to time be in effect, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Post may, and shall have no duty not to, (a) carry on and conduct, whether directly or indirectly, including, but not limited to, as a partner in any partnership or member, manager or owner of any limited liability company or other type of entity, as a joint venturer in any joint venture, as an officer, director or stockholder of any corporation or as a participant in any syndicate, pool, trust or association, any business of any kind, nature or description, whether or not such business is competitive with or in the same or similar lines of business as the Corporation or any of its Controlled Companies (as defined in Section 14), (b) do business with any client, customer, vendor or lessor of the Corporation or any of its Controlled Companies and (c) make investments in any kind of property in which the Corporation or any of its Controlled Companies may make investments, and no Dual Role Person (as defined in Section 14) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be deemed to have breached his, her or its fiduciary duties, if any, to the Corporation solely by reason of Post’s engaging in any such activity.

(ii) To the fullest extent permitted by Section 122(17) of the General Corporation Law, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation or any of its Controlled Companies to participate in any business of Post, and waives any claim against each Dual Role Person, and shall indemnify each Dual Role Person against any claim, that such Dual Role Person is liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of such Dual Role Person’s participation in any

3

such business. The Corporation shall pay in advance any expenses incurred in defense of any such claim against any Dual Role Person pursuant to Section 9 or as provided in the Bylaws.

(iii) To the fullest extent permitted by Section 122(17) of the General Corporation Law, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation or any of its Controlled Companies in any potential transaction or matter which may constitute a corporate opportunity for both (a) Post and (b) the Corporation or any of its Controlled Companies, and waives any claim against each Dual Role Person, and shall indemnify each Dual Role Person against any claim, that such Dual Role Person is liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Dual Role Person (a) pursues or acquires any corporate opportunity for the account of Post, (b) directs, recommends or otherwise transfers such corporate opportunity to Post or (c) does not offer or communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Corporation or any of its Controlled Companies because such Dual Role Person has directed or intends to direct such opportunity to Post; provided, however, in each case, that any corporate opportunity which is expressly offered to a Dual Role Person solely in his or her capacity as a director, officer, manager, employee or agent of the Corporation or any of its Controlled Companies, as reasonably determined by such Dual Role Person, shall belong to the Corporation. The Corporation shall pay in advance any expenses incurred in defense of any such claim pursuant to Section 8 or as provided in the Bylaws.

(iv) The foregoing provisions in this Section 8.1, and the action of any Dual Role Person taken in accordance with, or in reliance upon, the foregoing provisions in this Section 8.1, including entering into or performing any agreement, transaction or arrangement, are, to the fullest extent permitted by law, deemed and presumed to be fair to the Corporation.

8.2 Certain Matters Deemed not Corporate Opportunities. In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8, the Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation or any of its Controlled Companies in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity pursued by or at the direction of Post that the Corporation is not financially able, contractually permitted or legally able to undertake. Moreover, nothing in this Section 8 shall amend or modify in any respect any written contractual agreement between Post, on the one hand, and the Corporation or any of its Controlled Companies, on the other hand.

8.3 Deemed Notice. Any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring or obtaining any interest in any capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Section 8.

8.4 Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision, or part of any provision, of this Section 8 shall not affect the other provisions or parts hereof, and this Section 8 shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provisions or parts were omitted.

8.5 Amendment; Terminations.

(i) The provisions of this Section 8 shall have no further force or effect at such time as none of the directors, officers, employees, agents and/or Affiliates of Post serve as directors, officers, managers, employees and/or agents of the Corporation or any of its Controlled Companies.

(ii) No amendment, alteration, change, repeal or termination of this Section 8, nor the adoption of a provision inconsistent with this Section 8, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of such provisions with respect to (a) any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising, prior to such amendment, alteration, change, repeal, termination or adoption of an inconsistent provision or (b) any agreement, arrangement or other understanding between the Corporation and/or a Controlled Company, on the one hand, and Post, on the other hand, that was entered into prior to such amendment, alteration, change, repeal, termination or adoption of an inconsistent provision or any transaction entered into in the performance of such agreement, arrangement or other understanding, whether entered into before or after such time.

4

9. Indemnification.

9.1 Actions Involving Directors and Officers. The Corporation shall indemnify each person (other than a party plaintiff suing on his or her behalf or in the right of the Corporation) who at any time is serving or has served as a director or officer of the Corporation against any claim, liability or expense incurred as a result of such service, any other service on behalf of the Corporation or any service at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, manager, employee, member or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (whether incorporated or unincorporated, for-profit or not-for-profit), to the maximum extent permitted by law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person who was or is a party (other than a party plaintiff suing on his or her behalf or in the right of the Corporation), or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including, but not limited to, an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of such service, against expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding.

9.2 Actions Involving Employees or Agents.

(i) Permissive Indemnification. The Corporation may, if it deems appropriate and as may be permitted by this Section 9, indemnify any person (other than a party plaintiff suing on his or her own behalf or in the right of the Corporation) who at any time is serving or has served as an employee or agent of the Corporation against any claim, liability or expense incurred as a result of such service, any other service on behalf of the Corporation or any service at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, manager, employee, member or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (whether incorporated or unincorporated, for-profit or not-for-profit), to the maximum extent permitted by law or to such lesser extent as the Corporation, in its discretion, may deem appropriate. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Corporation may indemnify any such person who was or is a party (other than a party plaintiff suing on his or her own behalf or in the right of the Corporation), or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including, but not limited to, an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of such service, against expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding.

(ii) Mandatory Indemnification. To the extent that an employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 9.2(i), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the action, suit or proceeding.

9.3 Determination of Right to Indemnification in Certain Circumstances. Any indemnification required under Section 9.1 or authorized by the Corporation in a specific case or otherwise required pursuant to Section 9.2 shall be made by the Corporation, unless a determination is made reasonably and promptly that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is not proper under the circumstances. Such determination shall be made (i) by the Board by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or even if obtainable, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iii) by majority vote of the stockholders; provided that no such determination shall preclude an action brought in an appropriate court to challenge such determination.

9.4 Advance Payment of Expenses. To the extent not prohibited by applicable law, expenses incurred in defense of a claim against a Dual Role Person (as defined in Section 14) pursuant to Section 8.1(ii) or Section 8.1(iii) and expenses incurred by a person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, proceeding or claim shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the

5

final disposition of such action, suit, proceeding or claim, and expenses incurred by a person who is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, proceeding or claim may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit, proceeding or claim as authorized by or at the direction of the Board, in any case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in or pursuant to this Section 9 or otherwise.

9.5 Rights Not Exclusive. The indemnification and other rights provided by this Section 9 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, and the Corporation is hereby specifically authorized to provide such indemnification and other rights by any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. The Corporation shall be considered the indemnitor of first resort in all circumstances to which this Section 9 applies.

9.6 Indemnification Agreements Authorized. Without limiting the other provisions of this Section 9, the Corporation is authorized from time to time, without further action by the stockholders of the Corporation, to enter into agreements with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or any person who is otherwise serving on behalf of the Corporation at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, manager, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (whether incorporated or unincorporated, for-profit or not-for-profit), providing such rights of indemnification as the Corporation may deem appropriate, up to the maximum extent permitted by law. Any agreement entered into by the Corporation with a director may be authorized by the other directors, and such authorization shall not be invalid on the basis that similar agreements may have been or may thereafter be entered into with other directors.

9.7 Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or who is or was otherwise serving on behalf of the Corporation at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, manager, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (whether incorporated or unincorporated, for-profit or not-for-profit) against any claim, liability or expense asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Section 9.

9.8 Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Section 9:

(i) Any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation who shall serve as a director, officer, manager, employee, member or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, is or was the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock (or comparable interests), shall be deemed to be so serving at the request of the Corporation, unless the Board shall determine otherwise. In all other instances when any person shall serve as a director, officer, manager, employee, member or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which the Corporation is or was a shareholder or creditor, or in which the Corporation is or was otherwise interested, if it is not otherwise established that such person is or was serving as a director, officer, manager, employee, member or agent at the request of the Corporation, the Board may determine whether such service is or was at the request of the Corporation, and it shall not be necessary to show any actual or prior request for such service. For the avoidance of doubt, any person who is deemed to be serving at the request of the Corporation pursuant to this Section 9.8 is only deemed to be serving at the request of the Corporation for purposes of this Section 9, and is not actually employed by the Corporation.

(ii) References to a corporation include all constituent corporations absorbed in a consolidation or merger as well as the resulting or surviving corporation so that any person who is or was a director, officer, manager, employee, member or agent of a constituent corporation or is or was serving at the request of a constituent corporation as a director, officer, manager, employee, member or agent of another corporation,

6

partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 9 with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would if such person had served the resulting or surviving corporation in the same capacity.

(iii) The term “other enterprise” shall include, without limitation, employee benefit plans and voting or taking action with respect to stock or other assets therein; the term “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include, without limitation, any service as a director, officer, manager, employee, member or agent of a corporation or other entity which imposes duties on, or involves services by, a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation with respect to any employee benefit plan or its participants or beneficiaries, and unless a person’s conduct in connection with an employee benefit plan is finally adjudicated to have been knowingly fraudulent, deliberately dishonest or willful misconduct, such person shall be deemed to have satisfied any standard of care required by or pursuant to this Section 9 in connection with such plan; and the term “fines” shall include, without limitation, any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan and also shall include any damages (including treble damages) and any other civil penalties.

9.9 Survival. The indemnification and other rights provided pursuant to this Section 9 shall apply both to action by any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation in an official capacity and to action in another capacity (including, without limitation, any other service on behalf of the Corporation or any service at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, manager, employee, member or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (whether incorporated or unincorporated, for-profit or not-for-profit) while holding such office or position and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Amended Certificate of Incorporation, any indemnification rights arising under or granted pursuant to this Section 9 shall survive amendment or repeal of this Section 9 with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to the effective time of such amendment or repeal and persons to whom such indemnification rights are given shall be entitled to rely upon such indemnification rights with respect to such acts or omissions occurring prior to the effective time of such amendment or repeal as a binding contract with the Corporation.

9.10 Liability of the Directors. The liability of the Corporation’s directors to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by law. It is the intention of the Corporation to eliminate such liability, whether to the Corporation, its stockholders or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted by law. Consequently, should the General Corporation Law or any other applicable law be amended or adopted hereafter so as to permit the elimination or limitation of such liability, the liability of the directors of the Corporation shall be so eliminated or limited without the need for amendment of this Certificate of Incorporation or further action on the part of the stockholders of the Corporation. Any repeal or modification of this Section 9 by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

9.11 Amendment. This Section 9 may be amended, altered, changed or repealed, or a provision inconsistent with this Section 9 may be adopted, only upon the affirmative vote of not less than 85% of the total voting power of all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

10. Amendment or Repeal of Bylaws. The Board may amend, alter, change or repeal any provision of the Bylaws. The stockholders of the Corporation also may amend, alter, change or repeal any provision of the Bylaws upon the affirmative vote of a majority of all of the voting power of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

11. Amendment or Repeal of Certificate. The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by

7

the General Corporation Law, except as otherwise set forth herein, and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other Persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended, are granted and held subject to this reservation.

12. Exclusive Forum. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, (i) the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the State of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee, or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or the Bylaws (as either may be amended or restated) or as to which the General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine and (ii) the federal district courts of the United States shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action or proceeding arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 12.

13. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service to or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

14. Definitions. As used in this Certificate of Incorporation, unless the context otherwise requires or as set forth in another Section of this Certificate of Incorporation, the term:

“Affiliate” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, another Person.

“Certificate of Incorporation” is defined in the Recitals.

“Board” is defined in Section 5.1(ii).

“Bylaws” is defined in Section 6.2.

“Common Stock” is defined in Section 4.1.

“Control” (including the terms “Controlling” and “Controlled”) means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Controlled Company” means, with respect to the Corporation, any Person Controlled by the Corporation.

“Corporation” is defined in the Recitals.

8

“Dual Role Person” means each of (i) any director, officer, manager, employee or agent of the Corporation and/or any of its Controlled Companies who is also a director, officer, employee, agent and/or Affiliate of Post and (ii) Post.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor law or statute, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“General Corporation Law” is defined in Section 3.

“Person” means any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity.

“Post” means Post Holdings, Inc. and its Affiliates (other than the Corporation and its Controlled Companies), successors and assigns.

“Preferred Stock” is defined in Section 4.1.

15. Incorporator. The name of the incorporator is Craig L. Rosenthal, and the mailing address of the incorporator is 2503 S. Hanley Road, St. Louis, Missouri 63144.

16. Effective Time. This Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective at 10:30 a.m. Eastern Time on March 10, 2022.

[Signature Pages Follow]

9

In witness hereof, this Certificate of Incorporation of BellRing Brands, Inc. has been duly executed by the authorized incorporator below on this 10th day of March, 2022.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION]

10

Exhibit 3.2

BYLAWS OF

BELLRING BRANDS, INC.

* * *

ARTICLE I – STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 1. ANNUAL MEETING: The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of BellRing Brands, Inc. (the “Corporation”), or at such other place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors (the “Board”) may from time to time determine, on such date and at such time as may be determined by the Board, to elect directors and transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting. At any annual meeting of stockholders only such business shall be conducted, and only such proposals shall be acted upon, as shall have been properly brought before the meeting by the Board or by a stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.

SECTION 2. SPECIAL MEETINGS: Special meetings of the stockholders or of the holders of any class of capital stock of the Corporation, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as may be amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designation for any series of the Corporation’s preferred stock, the “Certificate of Incorporation”), may be called only by (a) the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board, (b) the Chairperson of the Board, or (c) the President of the Corporation. Only such business shall be conducted, and only such proposals shall be acted upon, as is specified in the call of any special meeting of stockholders.

SECTION 3. NOTICE; ADJOURNMENT: (a) Unless otherwise required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as from time to time in effect, the “General Corporation Law”), notice of each meeting of the stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given in writing or by electronic transmission or otherwise, except that it shall not be necessary to give notice to any stockholder who properly waives notice before or after the meeting, whether in writing or by electronic transmission or otherwise, and no notice of an adjourned meeting need be given, except when required under these Bylaws or by law. Such notice shall state the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting (and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person at such meeting), the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and in the case of a special meeting, also shall state the purpose or purposes thereof and shall be given in any manner permitted by law not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting and shall state the time and place of the meeting, and unless it is the annual meeting, shall state at whose direction the meeting is called and the purposes for which it is called. The attendance of any stockholder at a meeting, without protesting at the beginning of the meeting that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, and the requirement of notice also may be waived in accordance with Section 3 of Article V of these Bylaws. Any previously scheduled meeting of stockholders may be postponed and (unless the Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provides) any special meeting of stockholders may be canceled or postponed, by resolution of the Board upon public announcement (as defined in Section 8(c) of Article I of these Bylaws) given on or prior to the date previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders.

(b) Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to a stockholder given by the Corporation may be given by a form of electronic transmission. For purposes of these Bylaws, “electronic transmission” shall mean any process of communication, not directly involving the physical transfer of paper, that is suitable for the retention, retrieval and reproduction of information by the recipient.

1

(c) Notice shall be deemed given, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail with postage prepaid, if addressed to a stockholder at his, her or its address on the Corporation’s records. Notice given by electronic transmission shall be deemed given (i) if by posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (ii) if by any facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder at his, her or its address on the Corporation’s records. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that notice has been given, whether by a form of electronic transmission or otherwise, shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(d) Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned from time to time either by the person presiding over the meeting or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed present in person and may vote at such meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with these Bylaws and applicable law, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

SECTION 4. QUORUM: Except as otherwise required by law, the holders of shares representing a majority of the combined voting power of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business; provided, however, that where a separate vote by a class or series of capital stock or classes or series of capital stock is required, a majority of the voting power of such class or series or classes or series entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum with respect to such vote. Less than such quorum shall have the right successively to adjourn the meeting to a specified date not more than 30 days after such adjournment, and no notice need be given of such adjournment to stockholders not present at such meeting. The stockholders present at a meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of such numbers of stockholders as to reduce the remaining stockholders to less than a quorum.

SECTION 5. ACTION BY CONSENT: Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by the General Corporation Law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, may be effected only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent by such stockholders in lieu of a meeting.

SECTION 6. VOTING: Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to vote the number of votes in person or by proxy for each share of the class of capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the voting power represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting shall be the act of the stockholders, except in connection with the election of directors or as otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation, by these Bylaws or by law.

SECTION 7. PROXIES: The following shall constitute valid means by which a stockholder may authorize a person to act for the stockholder as a proxy:

(a) A stockholder or the stockholder’s duly authorized attorney-in-fact may execute a writing authorizing another person to act for the stockholder as proxy. Execution may be accomplished by the

2

stockholder or duly authorized attorney-in-fact signing such writing or causing the stockholder’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, facsimile signature; or

(b) A stockholder may authorize another person to act for the stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a facsimile or other means of electronic transmission, or by telephone, to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such facsimile or other means of electronic transmission or telephonic transmission shall either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the facsimile or other electronic transmission or telephonic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. If it is determined that such facsimiles or other electronic transmissions or telephonic transmissions are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making such determination, shall specify the information upon which they relied.

SECTION 8. BUSINESS TO BE CONDUCTED; ADVANCE NOTICE: (a) At an annual meeting of stockholders, only such business (other than nominations of directors, which must be made in compliance with, and shall be exclusively governed by, Section 1 of Article II of these Bylaws) shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting (or any supplement thereto), (ii) by or at the direction of the Board or any committee thereof or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this Section 8 of Article I of these Bylaws, and at the time of the annual meeting, who shall be entitled to vote at such meeting and who shall have complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 8 of Article I of these Bylaws; clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to submit such business to be brought before the meeting (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) and to be included in the Corporation’s notice of meeting before or at an annual meeting of stockholders.

(b) At any special meeting of stockholders, only such business or proposals as are specified in the notice of the meeting may be properly brought before the meeting.

(c) For any such business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder of record, pursuant to Section 8(a)(iii) of this Article I of these Bylaws, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and any such proposed business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice, in writing, must be delivered to, or mailed to and received by, the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting (and for purposes of calculating this date with respect to the first annual meeting after the date shares of capital stock of the Corporation are first publicly traded (the “Closing Date”), the Corporation shall be deemed to have held an annual meeting on the date of the most recent annual meeting of stockholders of BellRing Brands, Inc. held before the Closing Date); provided, however, that in the event that the date of the meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be received not earlier than the 120th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to the date of such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. For purposes of these Bylaws, “public announcement” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a publicly available document filed or furnished by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act.

(d) No business (other than the election of directors) shall be conducted at an annual meeting, except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 8 of Article I of these Bylaws. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the person presiding over the meeting (the

3

“chairperson”) may, if the facts warrant, determine that the proposed business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8 of Article I of these Bylaws (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such stockholder’s proposal in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by Section 8(e)(iii)(d) of Article I of these Bylaws); and if the chairperson should so determine, the chairperson shall so declare to the meeting, and any such proposed business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8 of Article I of these Bylaws, a stockholder also shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 8 of Article I of these Bylaws; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to business proposals to be considered pursuant to Section 8 of Article I of these Bylaws (including Section 8(a)(iii) of Article I of these Bylaws). Nothing in this Section 8 of Article I of these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. The provisions of this Section 8 of Article I of these Bylaws also shall govern what constitutes timely notice for purposes of Rule 14a-4(c) of the Exchange Act.

(e) For any such business to be properly brought before a meeting, such stockholder’s notice to the Secretary of the Corporation shall set forth as to each matter he or she proposes to bring before the meeting:

(i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including any proposed resolutions for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to request or otherwise relating to the amendment of these Bylaws, the text of the proposed amendment), the reasons for proposing to conduct such business at the meeting and any material interest of such stockholder (and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made) in such business;

(ii) a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder;

(iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made:

a. the name and address of such stockholder and beneficial owner as they appear in the Corporation’s stockholder records;

b. (1) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation’s capital stock which are directly or indirectly beneficially owned or owned of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (2) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of capital stock of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of capital stock of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise (a “Derivative Instrument”) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder or beneficial owner and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation, (3) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder or beneficial owner has a right to vote any shares or any security of the Corporation, (4) any short interest of such stockholder or beneficial owner in any security of the Corporation (for purposes of these Bylaws, a person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if such person directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security), (5) any rights to

4

dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder or beneficial owner that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (6) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership or limited liability Corporation in which such stockholder or beneficial owner is a general partner or manager or directly or indirectly beneficially owns an interest in a general partner or manager, (7) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that such stockholder or beneficial owner is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including without limitation any such interests held by members of such stockholder’s or beneficial owner’s immediate family sharing the same household, and (8) any other information relating to such stockholder or beneficial owner that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or the election of directors in a contested election, or is otherwise required, pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder (the foregoing items (1) through (8), individually or collectively, the “Proposing Stockholder Information,” which information shall be supplemented by such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, not later than 10 days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such ownership or other information as of the record date);

c. a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of shares of the Corporation, is entitled to vote at the meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business; and

d. a representation as to whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, is or intends to be part of a group which intends (1) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or (2) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal. The meaning of the term “group” shall be within the meaning ascribed to such term under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

The proposed business must not be an improper subject for stockholder action under applicable law, and the stockholder must comply with state law, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 8 of Article I of these Bylaws.

SECTION 9. ORGANIZATION; CONDUCT OF STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS: (a) Each meeting of stockholders shall be convened by the President, Secretary or other officer of the Corporation or other person calling the meeting by notice given in accordance with these Bylaws. The Chairperson of the Board, or any person appointed by the Chairperson of the Board prior to any meeting of stockholders, shall act as chairperson of each meeting of stockholders. In the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, or a person appointed by the Chairperson of the Board to act as chairperson of the meeting, the stockholders present at the meeting shall designate a stockholder or officer of the Corporation present to act as chairperson of the meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation, or a person designated by the chairperson, shall act as secretary of each meeting of stockholders. Whenever the Secretary of the Corporation shall act as chairperson of the meeting, or shall be absent, the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint a person present to act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board, if any, the person presiding over the meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of the person presiding over the meeting, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, adjournment or recess of the meeting, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation and their duly authorized and

5

constituted proxies and such other persons as the person presiding over the meeting shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants, either by the person presiding over the meeting or by vote of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting, and regulation of the voting or balloting, as applicable, including, without limitation, matters which are to be voted on by ballot, if any. The chairperson of the meeting shall have sole, absolute and complete authority and discretion to decide questions of compliance with the foregoing procedures and his or her ruling thereon shall be final and conclusive. The chairperson of the meeting, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if the chairperson of the meeting should so determine and declare, any such matter or business shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bylaws, unless otherwise required by law, if a stockholder (or qualified representative) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present business or a nomination proposed by such stockholder pursuant to Section 8 of Article I of these Bylaws or Section 1 of Article II of these Bylaws, such proposed business shall not be transacted and such nomination shall be disregarded, as the case may be, even though proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. In order to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder for purposes of Section 8 of Article I of these Bylaws or Section 1 of Article II of these Bylaws, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders, and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

ARTICLE II – BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 1. ELECTION; TENURE; QUALIFICATIONS; NOMINATIONS: (a) The Board shall consist of not less than five nor more than twelve members, such directors to be classified in respect of the time for which they shall severally hold office by dividing them into three classes of approximately equal size, and the number of directors shall be fixed by a resolution of the Board adopted from time to time.

(b) In the event of any increase or decrease in the number of directors, the number of directors assigned to each class shall be adjusted as may be necessary so that all classes shall be as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, except that one class may be one greater or one less in number than the other two classes. No reduction in the number of directors shall affect the term of office of any incumbent director. Subject to the foregoing, the Board shall determine the class or classes to which any director shall be assigned and the class or classes which shall be increased or decreased in the event of any increase or decrease in the number of directors.

(c) Each director shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until the director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. With respect to the members of the Board in office on the date of these Bylaws, the first class of directors shall hold office until the first annual meeting of stockholders following the Closing Date, the second class of directors shall hold office until the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Closing Date, and the third class of directors shall hold office until the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Closing Date. Thereafter, directors shall be elected to hold office for a term of three years, and at each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to the class of directors whose term shall then expire shall be elected for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting after that election or until their successors shall be elected and qualified.

(d) Subject to Section 1(h) in this Article II and in addition to the qualifications set out in Section 11 of Article II of these Bylaws, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in these

6

Bylaws shall be eligible as directors at a meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting (or any supplement thereto), (ii) by or at the direction of the Board or any committee thereof or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this Section 1 of Article II of these Bylaws, and at the time of the annual meeting, who shall be entitled to vote for the election of directors at the annual meeting and who shall have complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1 of Article II of these Bylaws; the foregoing clause (iii), subject to Section 1(h) in this Article II, shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations of persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the notice of meeting (x) by or at the direction of the Board or any committee thereof or (y) provided that the Board has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time the notice provided in this Section 1(d) of Article II of these Bylaws is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, and at the time of the special meeting, who shall be entitled to vote at the special meeting for the election of directors at the special meeting and who shall have complied with the notice provisions set forth in this Section 1 of Article II of these Bylaws; the foregoing clause (y), subject to Section 1(h) in this Article II, shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations of persons for election to the Board at a special meeting of stockholders.

Subject to Section 1(h) in this Article II, for any nominations by a stockholder to be properly brought before an annual or special meeting of stockholders pursuant to clauses (d)(iii) and (d)(y) of the preceding paragraph of these Bylaws, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice in writing must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation (i) in the case of an annual meeting, not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (and for purposes of calculating this date with respect to the first annual meeting after the Closing Date, the Corporation shall be deemed to have held an annual meeting on the date of the most recent annual meeting of the stockholders of BellRing Brands, Inc. held before the Closing Date), provided, however, that in the event that the date of the meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be received not earlier than the 120th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to the date of such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement (as defined in Section 8(c) of Article I of these Bylaws) of the date of the annual meeting is first made; or (ii) in the case of a special meeting at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the notice of meeting, not earlier than the 120th day prior to the date of such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to the date of such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of a meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

At the request of the Board, any person nominated by the Board for election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation that information required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice of nomination under Section 1(e) in this Article II which pertains to the nominee. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 1 of Article II of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board at an annual meeting is increased effective at the annual meeting and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees proposed by the Board for the additional directorships at least 70 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 1 of Article II of these Bylaws also shall be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for such additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

7

(e) For nominations to be properly brought before an annual or special meeting, such stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director:

(i) the name, age, business address and residence of such person;

(ii) the principal occupation or employment of such person currently and for the previous five years;

(iii) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships between or among such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made, and their respective affiliates and associates or others acting in concert therewith (on the one hand) and each proposed nominee and his or her respective affiliates and associates or others acting in concert therewith (on the other hand), including without limitation all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K if the stockholder making the nomination and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made, if any, or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such requirement and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant;

(iv) such person’s representation that he or she is eligible to serve as a director pursuant to Section 11 of Article II of these Bylaws and whether such person has acted in any manner contrary to the best interest of the Corporation, including, but not limited to, the violation of any federal or state law or breach of any agreement between that person and the Corporation relating to his or her services as a director, employee or agent of the Corporation;

(v) such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; and

(vi) any other information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies for election of directors in a contested election, or is otherwise required, pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(f) Such stockholder’s notice also shall set forth as to the stockholder(s) giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made:

(i) the name and address of such stockholder and beneficial owner, as they appear in the Corporation’s stockholder records;

(ii) the Proposing Stockholder Information as defined in Section 8(e) of Article I of these Bylaws;

(iii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of shares of the Corporation, is entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice;

(iv) any other information relating to such stockholder or beneficial owner that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of directors in a contested election, or is otherwise required pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder; and

(v) a representation as to whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, is or intends to be part of a group (as defined in Section 8(e) of Article I of these Bylaws) which intends (i) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to elect the nominee, or (ii) otherwise solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such nominee.

(g) In addition to the qualifications set out in Section 11 of Article II of these Bylaws, to be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation, the prospective nominee (whether

8

nominated by or at the direction of the Board or by a stockholder), or someone acting on such prospective nominee’s behalf, must deliver (in accordance with any applicable time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under this Section 1 of Article II of these Bylaws) to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation a written questionnaire providing such information with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made that would be required to be disclosed to stockholders pursuant to applicable law or the rules and regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, including without limitation (i) all information concerning such person that would be required to be disclosed in solicitation of proxies for election of directors pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act and (ii) any information the Corporation may reasonably request to determine the eligibility of the proposed nominee to serve as an independent director under the rules of any exchange upon which shares of the Corporation’s capital stock are then listed or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence or lack thereof of such nominee (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request). The prospective nominee also must provide a written representation and agreement, in the form provided by the Secretary of the Corporation upon written request, that such prospective nominee: (A) is not and will not become a party to (1) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such prospective nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (2) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such prospective nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such prospective nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law; (B) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity (other than the Corporation) with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed therein; and (C) would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 1(g) of Article II of these Bylaws a “nominee” shall include any person being considered to fill a vacancy on the Board.

(h) No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1 of Article II of these Bylaws and qualified under Section 11 of Article II of these Bylaws. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chairperson of the meeting may, if the facts warrant, determine that a nominee is not qualified or a nomination was not properly made in accordance with the procedures prescribed in this Section 1 of Article II of these Bylaws (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such stockholder’s nominee in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by clause (f)(v) of this Section 1 of Article II of these Bylaws); and if the chairperson should so determine, the chairperson shall so declare to the meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1 of Article II of these Bylaws, a stockholder also shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 1 of Article II of these Bylaws; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations to be considered pursuant to this Section 1 of Article II of these Bylaws (including clause (d) of this Section 1). Nothing in this Section 1 of Article II of these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock of the Corporation to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

SECTION 2. POWERS: The Board shall have power to manage and control the property and affairs of the Corporation, and to do all such lawful acts and things which, in its absolute judgment and discretion, it may deem necessary and appropriate for the expedient conduct and furtherance of the Corporation’s business.

9

SECTION 3. CHAIRPERSON: The directors shall elect one of the members of the Board to be Chairperson of the Board. The Chairperson shall preside at all meetings of the Board, unless absent from such meeting, in which case, if there is a quorum, the directors present may elect another director to preside at such meeting.

SECTION 4. MEETINGS: (a) Regular meetings of the Board shall be held on such days and at such times and places either within or without the State of Delaware as shall from time to time be fixed by the Board. Notice of such regular meetings need not be given. Special meetings of the Board may be held on any day and at any time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, upon the call of the Chairperson of the Board or the President or Secretary of the Corporation, by oral, written or email notice duly given, sent or mailed to each director, at such director’s last known address, not less than twenty-four hours before such meeting; provided, however, that any director may, at any time, in writing or by email, waive notice of any meeting at which he or she may not be or may not have been present. Attendance of a director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the sole and express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting. Rules of procedure for the conduct of such meetings may be adopted by resolution of the Board.

(b) Members of the Board or of any committee designated by the Board may participate in a meeting of the Board or committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment whereby all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting in this manner shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

SECTION 5. ACTION BY CONSENT: Unless otherwise specifically prohibited by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, execute a consent thereto in writing, or by electronic transmission, setting forth the action so taken. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee in the same paper or electronic form as the minutes are maintained.

SECTION 6. QUORUM: A majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the Board (provided that in no event shall less than one-third of the entire Board constitute a quorum), and the act of the majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, unless a greater number of directors is required by the Certificate of Incorporation, by these Bylaws or by law. At any meeting of directors, whether or not a quorum is present, the directors present thereat may adjourn the same from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting.

SECTION 7. RESIGNATION OF DIRECTORS: Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving notice of such resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board, the Chairperson of the Board or the President or Secretary of the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if no time is specified, upon receipt thereof by the Board, the Chairperson of the Board or one of the above-named officers of the Corporation; and, unless specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

SECTION 8. VACANCIES: Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any class of capital stock of the Corporation (other than the Common Stock) then outstanding, any vacancies in the Board which occur for any reason prior to the expiration of the term of office of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurs, and any newly created directorships by reason of an increase in the number of directors, may be filled only by the Board, acting by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office (even if less than a quorum), or by a sole remaining director.

SECTION 9. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS: The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board, fix the terms and amount of compensation payable to any person for his or her services as

10

director, if he or she is not otherwise compensated for services rendered as an officer or employee of the Corporation; provided, however, that any director may be reimbursed for reasonable and necessary expenses of attending meetings of the Board, or otherwise incurred for any Corporation purpose; and provided, further, that members of any special or standing committee of directors also may be allowed compensation and expenses similarly incurred. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

SECTION 10. COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: The Board (i) may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board, designate two or more directors to constitute an Executive Committee of the Board which shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have and exercise all of the authority of the Board in the management of the Corporation, in the intervals between meetings of the Board, (ii) may appoint any other committee or committees, with such members, functions and powers as the Board may designate, and (iii) shall have the power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the size or membership of, or to dissolve, any one or more of such committees. Each such committee shall have such name as may be determined by the Board and shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board for approval as required. At all meetings of a committee, a majority of the committee members then in office shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of transacting business, and the acts of a majority of the committee members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the acts of the committee. A director who may be disqualified, by reason of personal interest, from voting on any particular matter before a meeting of a committee may nevertheless be counted for the purpose of constituting a quorum of the committee. Any action which is required to be or may be taken at a meeting of a committee of directors may be taken without a meeting if consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, are signed, including signing by electronic transmission, by all of the members of the committee.

SECTION 11. QUALIFICATIONS: A director shall not be eligible for reelection after his or her 72nd birthday, unless the Board or the applicable committee of the Board determines that such director continues to meet the criteria for Board service and, in the case such determination is made by such committee of the Board, recommends to the Board that he or she stand for reelection notwithstanding his or her age.

ARTICLE III – OFFICERS

SECTION 1. OFFICERS; ELECTION: The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chief Executive Officer, a President and a Secretary, each of whom shall be elected by the Board. The Board may from time to time elect and appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries of the Board and one or more Vice Chairpersons of the Board. In addition, the President may from time to time elect and appoint the other officers of the Corporation, including one or more Executive Vice Presidents, one or more Senior Vice Presidents, a Controller, a Treasurer and such other officers as the President may deem appropriate. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person except the offices of Chairperson of the Board and Secretary.

SECTION 2. TERMS: All officers of the Corporation shall hold their respective offices until their death, resignation or removal.

SECTION 3. POWERS; DUTIES: Each officer of the Corporation shall have such powers and duties as may be prescribed by resolution of the Board or as may be assigned by the Board or the President of the Corporation.

SECTION 4. REMOVAL: Any officer or agent may be removed by the person or persons, which shall include the Board where applicable, that have authority to appoint such officer or agent, with or without cause, whenever in such person’s or persons’ judgment, as applicable, the best interest of the Corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the officer or agent so removed. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the person or persons, which shall include the Board where applicable, that have authority to appoint such officer.

11

ARTICLE IV – CAPITAL STOCK

SECTION 1. STOCK CERTIFICATES AND UNCERTIFICATED SHARES: (a) The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided, however, that the Board may provide by resolution that some or all of any classes or series of the Corporation’s capital stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate, in any form approved by the Board, signed by any two authorized officers of the Corporation (it being understood that the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer and any Assistant Treasurer shall be an authorized officer for such purpose) and any or all signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile.

(b) All certificates of stock of each class and series shall be numbered appropriately.

SECTION 2. RECORD OWNERSHIP: The Corporation shall maintain a record of the name and address of the holder of each share of Corporation capital stock, the number of shares held by such holder thereby, and the date of issue thereof. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share of capital stock as the holder in fact thereof, and accordingly it will not be bound to recognize any legal, equitable or other claim of interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

SECTION 3. TRANSFERS: Transfers of shares of capital stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by direction of the holder thereof in person or by his, her or its duly authorized attorney or legal representative. Upon transfer of certificated shares, the old certificates shall be surrendered to the Corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the capital stock and transfer books and ledgers, or to such other persons as the Board may designate, by whom they shall be cancelled and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. In the case of uncertificated shares, transfer shall be made only upon receipt of transfer documentation reasonably acceptable to the Corporation.

SECTION 4. TRANSFER AGENTS; REGISTRARS: The Board shall, by resolution, from time to time appoint one or more transfer agents, that may be officers or employees of the Corporation, to make transfers of shares of capital stock of the Corporation and one or more registrars to register shares of capital stock issued by or on behalf of the Corporation. The Board may adopt such rules as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

SECTION 5. LOST CERTIFICATES: The Corporation may issue a new certificate in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it which is alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed and the Board may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or the owner’s legal representative to give the Corporation a bond in a sum and in a form approved by the Board, and with a surety or sureties which the Board finds satisfactory, to indemnify the Corporation and its transfer agents and registrars, if any, against any claim or liability that may be asserted against or incurred by it or any transfer agent or registrar on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any certificate or the issuance of any new certificate. A new certificate may be issued without requiring any bond when, in the judgment of the Board, it is proper to do so. The Board may delegate to any officer or officers of the Corporation any of the powers and authorities contained in this section.

SECTION 6. RECORD DATES: In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the

12

meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at the adjourned meeting. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating to the action taken.

ARTICLE V – SEAL, BOOKS, FISCAL YEAR, AMENDMENT

SECTION 1. SEAL: The corporate seal, if any, of the Corporation shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

SECTION 2. PLACE FOR KEEPING BOOKS AND SEAL: The books of the Corporation, and its corporate minutes and corporate seal, shall be kept in the custody of the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation, or at such other place or places and in the custody of such other person or persons as the Board may from time to time determine.

SECTION 3. NOTICES: (a) Whenever, under the provisions of applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, written notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to require personal notice, but such notice may be given by mail, by depositing the same in the post office or in a letter box, in a postage paid sealed wrapper, addressed to such director or stockholder at such address as appears on the books of the Corporation, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be thus mailed, or may be given by facsimile or other electronic transmission to the extent authorized or allowed by law.

(b) Any person may waive any notice required to be given under these Bylaws. Whenever notice is required to be given pursuant to the General Corporation Law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by facsimile or other electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting of stockholders or the Board or a committee thereof shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder or director attends such meeting for the express purpose of objecting, and such stockholder or director objects at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders or the Board or committee thereof need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws.

SECTION 4. FISCAL YEAR: The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence with the first day of October in each year.

SECTION 5. AMENDMENT: The Board may amend, alter, change or repeal any provision of these Bylaws. The stockholders of the Corporation also may amend, alter, change or repeal any provision of these Bylaws upon the affirmative vote of a majority of all of the voting power of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

13

Exhibit 4.1

Execution Version

BELLRING DISTRIBUTION, LLC

7.00% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2030

INDENTURE

Dated as of March 10, 2022

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

Trustee

TABLE OF CONTENTS

i

ii

iii

INDENTURE dated as of March 10, 2022 between BellRing Distribution, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”) and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee.

The Company and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 7.00% Senior Notes due 2030 (the “Notes”):

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01 Definitions.

“144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person;

provided, that Indebtedness of such other Person that is redeemed, defeased, retired or otherwise repaid at the time, or immediately upon consummation, of the transaction by which such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person will not be Acquired Debt.

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes, if any, issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date and forming a single class of securities with the Initial Notes.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings.

“Agent” means any Custodian, Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; or

(2) the excess of:

1

(i) the present value at such redemption date of (A) the redemption price of the Note at March 15, 2027 (such redemption price being set forth in the table under Section 3.07) plus (B) all required interest payments due on the Note through March 15, 2027 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(ii) the principal amount of the Note.

Calculation of the Applicable Premium will be made by the Company or on behalf of the Company by such Person as the Company shall designate.

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any payment, tender, redemption, transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such payment, tender, redemption, transfer or exchange.

“Asset Sale” means:

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Section 4.14 and/or Section 5.01 and not by Section 4.10; and

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale by the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Sales:

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that (a) involves assets (including, if applicable, the Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary) having an aggregate fair market value of less than the greater of (i) $50.0 million and (ii) 20.0% of Consolidated Cash Flow as of the date of such transaction or (b) generates net proceeds, or is in exchange for assets of other property having an aggregate fair market value, of less than the greater of (i) $50.0 million and (ii) 20.0% of Consolidated Cash Flow as of the date of such transaction;

(2) a transfer of assets or rights between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business and sales of accounts receivable that the Company determines are no longer collectible in the ordinary course of business;

(4) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) any Permitted Investment or any Restricted Payment, in each case, that is permitted by Section 4.07;

(6) a disposition of products, services, equipment or inventory in the ordinary course of business or a disposition of damaged or obsolete equipment or equipment that is no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and that is disposed of in the ordinary course of business;

2

(7) the grant of Liens (or foreclosure thereon, or the enforcement with respect thereto, including by deed or assignment in lieu of foreclosure) permitted by Section 4.12;

(8) the sale or transfer of Receivables Program Assets or rights therein in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

(9) the surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other litigation claim in the ordinary course of business;

(10) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

(11) grants of licenses or sublicenses of intellectual property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent not materially interfering with the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(12) any exchange of like-kind property pursuant to Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code that are used or useful in a Permitted Business;

(13) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(14) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries are not material to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(15) condemnations, appropriations or any similar action (including by deed in lieu of condemnation) on assets;

(16) any issuance, sale, conveyance or other disposition of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (or a Restricted Subsidiary which owns an Unrestricted Subsidiary so long as such Restricted Subsidiary owns no assets other than the Equity Interests of such Unrestricted Subsidiary);

(17) any financing transaction with respect to real property constructed, acquired, replaced, repaired or improved (including any reconstruction, refurbishment, renovation and/or development of real property) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction;

(18) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties as set forth in joint venture agreements;

(19) any liquidation or dissolution of a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such Restricted Subsidiary’s direct parent is also either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and immediately becomes the owner of such Restricted Subsidiary’s assets;

(20) any issuance or transfer of debt obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any exchange of debt obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for other debt obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary having substantially the same principal amount or fair market value as the debt obligations so exchanged;

3

(21) [Reserved];

(22) [Reserved];

(23) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such acquisition; and

(24) any sale, contribution, exchange, transfer or other disposition pursuant to or in connection with the Transactions.

In the event that a transaction (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of a permitted Asset Sale and would also be a permitted Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment, the Company, in its sole discretion, will be entitled to divide and classify such transaction (or a portion thereof) as an Asset Sale and/or one or more of the types of permitted Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments.

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition.

“Board of Directors” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership;

(3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members, managers or the board of directors thereof; and

(4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which the Trustee or banking institutions in New York are authorized or required by law to close.

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last

4

payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty; provided that all obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are or would be characterized as an operating lease as determined in accordance with GAAP as in effect for fiscal years beginning prior to December 15, 2018 (whether or not such operating lease was in effect on such date) shall continue to be accounted for as an operating lease (and not as a Capital Lease Obligation) for purposes of this Indenture regardless of any change in GAAP that would otherwise require such obligation to be characterized or recharacterized as a Capital Lease Obligation.

“Capital Stock” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) marketable direct Obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within two years from the date of acquisition;

(2) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits or overnight bank deposits having maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000 and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better;

(3) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-1 by S&P or P-1 by Moody’s, or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within two years from the date of acquisition;

(4) repurchase obligations of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (2) of this definition, having a term of not more than 7 days, with respect to securities of the type described in clause (1) of this definition;

(5) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully Guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision or taxing authority (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s;

5

(6) with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary: (i) obligations of the national government of the country in which such Foreign Subsidiary maintains its chief executive office and principal place of business, provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, in each case maturing within two years after the date of investment therein, (ii) certificates of deposit of, bankers’ acceptance of, or time deposits with, any commercial bank which is organized and existing under the laws of the country in which such Foreign Subsidiary maintains its chief executive office and principal place of business provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least “P-2” or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “Approved Foreign Bank”), and in each case with maturities of not more than 270 days from the date of acquisition and (iii) the equivalent of demand deposit accounts which are maintained with an Approved Foreign Bank;

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities, having a rating of at least “P-2” or “A-2” from either S&P or Moody’s, respectively, (or, if at the time, neither S&P nor Moody’s is rating such obligations, then a comparable rating from another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Company);

(8) money market mutual or similar funds that invest at least 90% of their assets in instruments satisfying the requirements of clauses (1) through (7) of this definition; and

(9) credit card receivables and debit card receivables in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, so long as such are considered cash equivalents under GAAP and are so reflected on the Company’s balance sheet.

In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include (a) investments of the type and maturity described in the clauses above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (b) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in the clauses above and in this paragraph.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(2) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; provided, however, that an entity that conducts no other material activities other than holding Equity Interests in the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company and has no other material assets other than such Equity Interests will not itself be considered a “person” for purposes of this clause (2).

6

Notwithstanding the preceding or any provision of Section 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, (i) a Person or group shall not be deemed to beneficially own Voting Stock (x) subject to a stock or asset purchase agreement, merger agreement, or similar agreement (or voting or option or similar agreement related thereto) until the consummation of the acquisition of the Voting Stock in connection with the transactions contemplated by such agreement or (y) as a result of veto or approval rights in any joint venture agreement, shareholder agreement, investor rights agreement or other similar agreement and (ii) a Person or group will not be deemed to beneficially own the Voting Stock of another Person as a result of its ownership of Voting Stock or other securities of such other Person’s parent entity (or related contractual rights) unless it owns 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock entitled to vote for the election of directors of such parent entity having a majority of the aggregate votes on the board of directors (or similar body) of such parent entity.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the consummation of any of the Transactions shall not give rise to a Change of Control and (ii) prior to the consummation of the Transactions, Post’s and any of its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ ownership of all of the Company’s Voting Stock will not be deemed to constitute a Change of Control.

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A.

“Common Stock” means with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.

“Company” means BellRing Distribution, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors. Effective immediately following the conversion and re-naming of BellRing Distribution, LLC to BellRing Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation, automatically without any further action by any party, references herein to the “Company” shall mean BellRing Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors.

“Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

(1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(2) consolidated net interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment Obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified Receivables Transaction, and net payments, if any, pursuant to Hedging Obligations, but excluding amortization of debt issuance costs), to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(3) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses, write-offs, write-downs or impairment charges (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period and any non-cash charge, expense or loss relating to write-offs, write-downs or reserves with respect to accounts receivable or inventory) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

7

(4) non-cash charges or expenses related to stock-based compensation and other non-cash charges or non-cash losses (including extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring non-cash losses) incurred or recognized to the extent deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(5) the amount of any earn-out and contingent consideration obligations incurred or accrued in connection with any acquisition or other Investment in the nature of an acquisition and paid or accrued during such period; plus

(6) the amount of any expected cost savings, operating improvements and expense reductions, product margin synergies and other synergies (net of the amount of actual amounts realized) reasonably identifiable and factually supportable (in the good faith determination of the Company) related to (i) the Transactions and (ii) after the Issue Date, permitted asset sales, mergers or other business combinations, acquisitions, Investments, dispositions or divestitures, optimizations, facility consolidations, operating improvements and expense reductions, restructurings, cost saving initiatives and other similar initiatives (in each case calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating improvements and expense reductions, product margin synergies and other synergies had been realized on the first day of such period and as if such cost savings, operating improvements and expense reductions, product margin synergies and other synergies were realized during the entirety of such period); provided that, such cost savings, operating improvements and expense reductions, product margin synergies and other synergies are reasonably expected to be realized within 24 months of the event giving rise thereto or the consummation of such transaction; provided further that, with respect to clause (ii) above, the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating improvements and expense reductions, product margin synergies and other synergies added-back pursuant to this clause (6) in any four consecutive fiscal quarter period, shall not exceed 25.0% of Consolidated Cash Flow for such period prior to giving effect to this clause (6); plus

(7) costs, charges, accruals, impairments, reserves or expenses attributable to the undertaking and/or implementation of cost savings initiatives or operating expense reductions, product margin synergies and other synergies and similar initiatives, integration, transition, reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternative uses, facilities opening and pre-opening, business optimization and other restructuring costs, charges, accruals, reserves and expenses including inventory optimization programs, software development costs and costs related to the closure or consolidation of facilities, branches or distribution centers, and plants, the closure, consolidation or transfer of production lines between facilities and curtailments, costs related to entry into new markets, consulting and other professional fees, signing costs and bonuses, retention or completion bonuses, executive recruiting costs, relocation expenses, severance payments, modifications to, or losses on settlement of, pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, new systems design and implementation costs, and project startup costs, integration, transition, reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternative uses, facilities opening and pre-opening, business optimization and other restructuring costs, charges, accruals, reserves and expenses including inventory optimization programs, software development costs and costs related to the closure or consolidation of facilities, branches or distribution centers, and plants, the closure, consolidation or transfer of production lines between facilities and curtailments, costs related to entry into new markets, consulting and other professional fees, signing costs and bonuses, retention or completion bonuses, executive recruiting costs, relocation expenses, severance payments, modifications to, or losses on settlement of, pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, new systems design and implementation costs, and project startup costs; plus

8

(8) unrealized losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of FASB ASC 830 or any similar accounting standard shall be excluded; plus

(9) to the extent not otherwise included above, proceeds of business interruption insurance in an amount representing the earnings for the applicable period that such proceeds are intended to replace (whether or not received so long as such Person in good faith expects to receive the same within the next four fiscal quarters (it being understood that to the extent not actually received within such fiscal quarters, such proceeds shall be deducted in calculating Consolidated Cash Flow for such fiscal quarters)); minus

(10) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than items that were accrued in the ordinary course of business, in each case, on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries and determined in accordance with GAAP.

Unless otherwise expressly provided, Consolidated Cash Flow as of any date of determination shall mean Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available.

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of (i) funded Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person (net of any unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, excluding any cash proceeds from an incurrence of Indebtedness on the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date (as defined below)) on such date to (ii) Consolidated Cash Flow for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is made (for purposes of this definition, the “Consolidated Leverage Ratio Reference Period”). In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any funded Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock, in each case, subsequent to the commencement of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Reference Period and on or prior to the date of the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is made (for purposes of this definition, the “Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of funded Indebtedness for borrowed money, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Reference Period. In addition, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be determined with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (including, for avoidance of doubt and without limitation, the proviso to the first paragraph of the definition thereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, solely for purposes of determining whether the Company or the Guarantors may issue any Disqualified Stock, or whether any Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Guarantors), may issue any shares of preferred stock, pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or 4.09(b)(20), the aggregate face amount or liquidation preference, as applicable, of any outstanding Disqualified Stock issued by the Company or any Guarantor and of any shares of preferred stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be added to the amount in clause (i) of this definition when calculating the Consolidated Leverage Ratio.

9

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends; provided that:

(1) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that net income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders;

(2) the net income (or loss) for such period of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the specified Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) made by such Person that is a not a Restricted Subsidiary to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded;

(4) income or loss attributable to discontinued operations (including, without limitation, operations disposed of during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued) shall be excluded;

(5) any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of assets of such Person or its consolidated Subsidiaries, other than a sale or disposition in the ordinary course of business, and any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person shall be excluded;

(6) any impairment charge or asset write-off, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities (including any losses with respect to the foregoing in bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings) or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case pursuant to GAAP, shall be excluded;

(7) any non-cash compensation expense realized from employee benefit plans or postemployment benefit plans, grants of stock appreciation, restricted stock or similar rights, stock options or other rights to officers, managers, directors, and employees of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be excluded;

(8) all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring charges, gains and losses including, without limitation, all (i) restructuring costs, severance costs, one-time compensation charges, transition costs, facilities consolidation, closing or relocation costs, (ii) fees, costs, expenses and charges incurred in connection with (a) the Transactions entered into or consummated on or around the Issue Date and any other Transactions with respect to certain contributions of assets and liabilities among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and the consummation of the debt-for-equity exchange, in each case, in connection with or as contemplated by the Transaction Agreement (as in effect on the Issue Date, or as amended, modified or restated from time to time in a manner not materially adverse to the interests of the Holders), or (b) any acquisition prior to or after the Issue Date (including integration costs), in each case including all fees, commissions,

10

expenses and other similar charges of accountants, attorneys, brokers and other financial advisors related thereto, (iii) cash severance payments made in connection with acquisitions, and (iv) any expense or charge related to the repurchase of Capital Stock or warrants or options to purchase Capital Stock), in each case together with any related provision for taxes, shall be excluded;

(9) the effects of purchase accounting adjustments, in amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncement, and amortization, write-off or impairment charges resulting therefrom, in each case from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any acquisition, shall be excluded;

(10) any fees and expenses, including prepayment premiums and similar amounts, incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, Investment, asset sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness (including any issuance of Notes), issuances of Capital Stock, financing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including, in each case, any such transaction undertaken but not completed), shall be excluded;

(11) any unrealized gains and losses and with respect to Hedging Obligations for such period shall be excluded;

(12) any unrealized gains and losses related to fluctuations in currency exchange rates for such period shall be excluded;

(13) any gains and losses from any early extinguishment of Indebtedness shall be excluded;

(14) any gains and losses from any redemption or repurchase premiums paid with respect to the Notes shall be excluded;

(15) any write-off or amortization of deferred financing costs (including the amortization of original issue discount) associated with Indebtedness shall be excluded;

(16) any accruals and reserves established or adjusted, and any changes thereto as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies, shall be excluded; and

(17) non-cash losses on sales of Receivables that are sold, consigned, transferred, licensed, leased or otherwise disposed of in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction permitted hereunder, shall be excluded.

“Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of (i) Senior Secured Indebtedness of such Person (net of any unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, excluding any cash proceeds from an incurrence of Indebtedness on the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio Calculation Date (as defined below)) on such date to (ii) Consolidated Cash Flow for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is made (for purposes of this definition, the “Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio Reference Period”). In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any funded Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than ordinary working capital borrowings), in each case, subsequent to the commencement of the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio Reference Period and on or prior to the date of the event for which the

11

calculation of the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is made (for purposes of this definition, the “Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of funded Indebtedness for borrowed money, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio Reference Period. In addition, the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be determined with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (including, for avoidance of doubt and without limitation, the proviso to the first paragraph of the definition thereof).

“Consolidated Total Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company then available, after giving pro forma effect for acquisitions or dispositions of Persons, divisions or lines of business that occurred on or after such balance sheet date and on or prior to such date of determination.

“continuing” means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such Default or Event of Default has not been cured or waived.

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company and for purposes of Section 2.03, such office shall also mean the office or agency of the Trustee located at Corporate Trust Operations, MAC N9300-070, 600 South Fourth Street, 7th Floor, Minneapolis, MN 55415.

“Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, to be dated the Issue Date, by and among the Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto, as amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions), and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder, in whole or in part; provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09), the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Credit Agreement or one or more successors to the Credit Agreement or one or more new credit agreements.

“Credit Facility” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the Credit Agreement and one or more of any other debt facilities (which may be outstanding at the same time) or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities, indentures, note purchase agreements or other agreements) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, debt securities, letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any debt facilities or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities, indentures, note purchase agreements or other agreements) that replace, refund or refinance any part of the refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09) or alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

12

“Currency Protection Agreement” means any currency protection agreement entered into with one or more financial institutions in the ordinary course of business that is designed to protect the Person or entity entering into the agreement against fluctuations in currency exchange rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred and not for purposes of speculation.

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

“Derivative Instrument” means, with respect to a Person, any contract, instrument or other right to receive payment or delivery of cash or other assets to which such Person or any Affiliate of such Person that is acting in concert with such Person in connection with such Person’s investment in the Notes (other than a Screened Affiliate) is a party (whether or not requiring further performance by such Person), the value and/or cash flows of which (or any material portion thereof) are materially affected by the value and/or performance of the Notes and/or the creditworthiness of the Company or any one or more Guarantors.

“Designated Noncash Consideration” means the fair market value of noncash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal executive officer or the principal financial officer of the Company, less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with a sale or collection of such Designated Noncash Consideration.

“Designated Preferred Stock” means preferred stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on or prior to the issuance thereof.

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature; provided, however, that only the portion of the Capital Stock which so matures, is mandatorily redeemable or is redeemable at the option of the holder prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale or as a result of the bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event of the issuer shall

13

not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock pursuant to such provision unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07. Disqualified Stock shall not include Capital Stock which is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

“Distribution” means the distribution by Post of shares of Company Common Stock as contemplated under the Transaction Agreement.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that was formed under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof, but excluding any direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary.

“Employee Matters Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Employee Matters Agreement by and among Post, the Company, Old BRBR, and BellRing Brands, LLC to be dated on or about the Issue Date, as amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Exchange Agreement” means that certain Exchange Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, by and among Post, a Missouri corporation and the financial institutions party thereto as identified therein, as amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time.

“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, the fair market value of marketable securities or the fair market value of Qualified Proceeds received by the Company from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock and Refunding Capital Stock) of the Company,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal executive officer or the principal financial officer of the Company within ten (10) Business Days of the date such capital contributions are made, the date such dividends, distributions, fees or other payments are received or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which shall be excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.07(a)(3) (i.e., the “builder basket’).

“Excluded Subsidiary” means any Domestic Subsidiary that is designated by the Company as an “Excluded Subsidiary” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee; provided that each such Subsidiary shall be an Excluded Subsidiary only if and only for so long as:

(1) such Subsidiary accounts for less than 7.5% of the Company’s Consolidated Total Assets and the consolidated total revenue (excluding revenue of Unrestricted Subsidiaries);

14

provided that the Consolidated Total Assets and consolidated total revenue (excluding revenue of Unrestricted Subsidiaries) of all Subsidiaries that would otherwise be deemed Excluded Subsidiaries under this clause (1) shall not exceed 10.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets and 10.0% of the consolidated total revenue (excluding revenue of Unrestricted Subsidiaries) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(2) such Subsidiary is a Receivables Subsidiary.

“Existing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than the Notes and Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement), until such amounts are repaid, refinanced or retired.

“fair market value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Company.

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period (for purposes of this definition, the “Reference Period”), the ratio of Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for the Reference Period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for the Reference Period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock, in each case, subsequent to the commencement of the Reference Period and on or prior to the date of the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (for purposes of this definition, the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the Reference Period; provided that the pro forma calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall not give effect to (i) any Indebtedness incurred on the Calculation Date in reliance on the provisions described in the definition of Permitted Debt (provided, however, that such calculation shall give effect to Indebtedness incurred on the Calculation Date in reliance on clause (20) of the definition of Permitted Debt) or (ii) any Indebtedness discharged on the Calculation Date to the extent that such discharge results from the proceeds of Indebtedness incurred on the Calculation Date in reliance on the provisions described in the definition of Permitted Debt.

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

(1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the Reference Period or subsequent to the Reference Period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the Reference Period, and Consolidated Cash Flow for such reference period will be calculated on a pro forma basis;

(2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownerships therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded;

15

(3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date; and

(4) pro forma effect will be given to the Transactions being consummated on or about the Issue Date.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction or a calculation is to be made on a pro forma basis, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company and may include, without duplication, cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions resulting from such transaction that have been realized or are expected, in the reasonable judgment of such financial or accounting officer, to be realized within 24 months of the date of calculation. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of the Company as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect all adjustments included in the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA as set forth in notes (b), (c) and (d) to the “Summary Historical Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness), and for the avoidance of doubt, if any Indebtedness bears a fixed rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a Eurocurrency interbank offering rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net payments, if any, pursuant to Hedging Obligations, but excluding amortization of debt issuance costs and any redemption or repurchase premiums paid; plus

(2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

16

(3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

(4) all dividend payments, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries or on any series of preferred stock of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Guarantor), other than dividend payments on any such Equity Interests

(i) payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Disqualified Stock of such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries or preferred stock of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Guarantor)), or

(ii) payable solely to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; minus

(5) interest income.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that was not formed under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof.

“Formation Documents” means the Employee Matters Agreement, the Legal Engagement Letter, the Master Services Agreement, the Master Transaction Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement (2019), the Tax Receivable Agreement, the Trademark and Domain Name License Agreement and the Transaction Agreement.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time; provided that leases will be accounted for as provided in the definition of “Capital Lease Obligation”; provided, further, that if there occurs a change in GAAP, and such change would cause a change in the method of calculation of any standards, terms or measures used in this Indenture (an “Accounting Change”), then the Company may elect that such standards, terms or measures shall be calculated as if such Accounting Change had not occurred. In addition, at any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to apply International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided herein); provided that calculations or determinations herein that require the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Company’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The Company will provide notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes reasonably promptly following the taking of any action in reliance on such election.

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

17

“Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness.

“Guarantors” means:

(1) beginning on March 24, 2022, each Subsidiary of the Company that guarantees the Credit Agreement and executes a Subsidiary Guarantee and related supplemental indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; and

(2) any other Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Subsidiary Guarantee and related supplemental indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;

and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until such Person is released from its Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. On the Issue Date, there are no Guarantors.

“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person under swap, cap, collar, forward purchase or similar agreements or arrangements dealing with interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices, either generally or under specific contingencies.

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

“IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors.

“Indebtedness” means at any time (without duplication), with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person, or non-recourse, the following:

(1) all indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed or for the deferred purchase price of property, excluding (A) any trade payables or other current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and (B) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(2) all Obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments (including purchase-money obligations);

(3) all Obligations of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto, except to the extent such reimbursement Obligation relates to a trade payable) issued for the account of such Person;

(4) all Indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property or assets acquired by such Person (even if the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property or assets);

(5) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person;

18

(6) (A) the maximum fixed redemption, repayment or other repurchase price of Disqualified Stock of such Person at the time of determination and (B) with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, the principal component of all obligations, or liquidation preference, of any preferred stock (but excluding, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), any accrued dividends);

(7) any Hedging Obligations of such Person at the time of determination (the amount of any such Obligations to be equal to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such Obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time); and

(8) all Obligations of the types referred to in clauses (1) through (7) of this definition of another Person and all dividends and other distributions of another Person, the payment of which, in either case, (A) such Person has Guaranteed, directly or indirectly, or that is otherwise its legal liability or which such Person has agreed to purchase or repurchase or in respect of which such Person has agreed contingently to supply or advance funds or (B) that is secured by (or the holder of such Indebtedness or the recipient of such dividends or other distributions has an existing right, whether contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon the property or other assets of such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness, dividends or other distributions; provided that if the holder of such Indebtedness has no recourse to such Person other than to the asset, the amount of such Indebtedness will be deemed to equal the lesser of the value of such asset and the amount of the obligation so secured),

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

For purposes of the foregoing:

(1) the maximum fixed repurchase price of any Disqualified Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock was repurchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture; provided, however, that, if such Disqualified Stock is not then permitted to be repurchased, the repurchase price shall be the book value of such Disqualified Stock;

(2) the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount is the principal amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP, but such Indebtedness shall be deemed incurred only as of the date of original issuance thereof;

(3) in the case of any Indebtedness not issued with original issue discount, the amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be the principal amount of the Indebtedness, together with any interest on the Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past due;

(4) the amount of any Indebtedness described in clause (8)(A) above shall be the maximum liability under any such Guarantee;

(5) the amount of any Indebtedness described in clause (8)(B) above shall be the lesser of (I) the maximum amount of the Obligations so secured and (II) the fair market value of such property or other assets; and

19

(6) except as described in clause (5) immediately above, interest, fees, premium, and expenses and additional payments, if any, will not constitute Indebtedness.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the purchase or sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any assets or business, the term “Indebtedness” will exclude (i) customary indemnification obligations, (ii) post-closing payment adjustments to which the other party may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment is otherwise contingent; provided, however, that, such amounts under this clause (ii) would not be required to be reflected as a liability on the face of a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, (iii) amounts owed to dissenting shareholders (including in connection with, or as a result of, exercise of dissenters’ or appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or action (whether actual, contingent or potential)), pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of assets not prohibited by the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and (iv) obligations under or in respect of operating leases, Sale and Leaseback Transactions (except any resulting Capital Lease Obligations) and Qualified Receivables Transactions.

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

“Initial Notes” means the first $840.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

“Initial Purchasers” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., BofA Securities, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, BMO Capital Markets Corp., Rabo Securities USA, Inc., Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and Truist Securities, Inc., each in their capacity as an initial purchaser of the Initial Notes from the Selling Noteholders or otherwise as an initial purchaser in connection with the offering of the Initial Notes pursuant to the Offering Memorandum.

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who is not also a QIB.

“Internal Revenue Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a debt rating of the Notes of BBB- or higher by S&P and Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such ratings by S&P and Moody’s or, in the event S&P or Moody’s shall cease rating the Notes and the Company shall select any other Rating Agency, the equivalent of such ratings by such other Rating Agency.

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or indirect loans (including Guarantees of Indebtedness or other Obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers in the ordinary course of business and commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), prepaid expenses and accounts receivable, purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the

20

Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the last paragraph of Section 4.07.

“Issue Date” means March 10, 2022, the date of issuance of the Initial Notes under this Indenture.

“Legal Engagement Letter” means that certain legal engagement letter to be dated on or about the Issue Date, by and between Post and the Company, as amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time.

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event will an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

“Limited Condition Transaction” means (i) any Investment or acquisition (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination or the acquisition of Capital Stock or otherwise), whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third-party financing, (ii) any redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock requiring notice in advance of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment and (iii) any Restricted Payment requiring notice in advance thereof or which is subject to a binding agreement.

“Long Derivative Instrument” means, as to any Person, a Derivative Instrument (i) the value of which to such Person generally increases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations of such Person under which generally decrease, with positive changes in the financial performance and/or position of the Company or any one or more Guarantors and/or (ii) the value of which to such Person generally decreases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations of such Person under which generally increase, with negative changes in the financial performance and/or position of the Company or any one or more Guarantors.

“Market Capitalization” means an amount equal to (i) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are issued and outstanding on the date of the relevant Restricted Payment and listed on The New York Stock Exchange (or, if the primary listing of such Common Stock is on another exchange, on such other exchange) multiplied by (ii) the arithmetic mean of the closing price per share of such Common Stock as reported by The New York Stock Exchange (or, if the primary listing of such Common Stock is on another exchange, on such other exchange) for each of the 30 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of such Restricted Payment.

“Master Services Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement to be dated on or about the Issue Date, by and among Post, the Company and certain Subsidiaries of the Company, as amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time.

21

“Master Transaction Agreement” means that certain Master Transaction Agreement dated as of October 7, 2019 by and among Post, BellRing Brands, LLC and Old BRBR, as amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor rating agency.

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of all costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting, investment banking fees and broker fees, and sales and underwriting commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, in each case after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness under a Credit Facility, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, any costs associated with unwinding any related Hedging Obligations in connection with such repayment and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP or in respect of liabilities associated with the asset disposed of and retained by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Net Short” means, with respect to a Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes, as of a date of determination, either (i) the value of its Short Derivative Instruments exceeds the sum of (x) the value of its Notes plus (y) the value of its Long Derivative Instruments as of such date of determination or (ii) it is reasonably expected that such would have been the case were a Failure to Pay or Bankruptcy Credit Event (each as defined in the 2014 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions) to have occurred with respect to the Company or any Guarantor immediately prior to such date of determination.

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender;

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

(3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

“Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble of this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

22

“Obligations” means any principal, premium, if any, interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding), penalties, fees, charges, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursement obligations, damages, including liquidated damages, Guarantees and other liabilities or amounts payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness or in respect thereof.

“Offering Memorandum” means that certain Offering Memorandum with respect to the Initial Notes, dated March 1, 2022 for the offering of the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date.

“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the General Counsel or any Vice President of such Person.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the principal accounting officer, the treasurer or the general counsel of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05.

“Old BRBR” means BellRing Intermediate Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, formerly known as BellRing Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel, who may be internal or external counsel for the Company, or other counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, complying with Section 12.05.

“Parent Company” means any Person of which the Company is a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary.

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

“Permitted Business” means any business that is the same as, or reasonably related, ancillary or complementary to, any of the businesses in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the Issue Date.

“Permitted Investments” means:

(1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(2) any Investment in cash (including foreign currencies) or Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person engaged in a Related Business, if as a result of such Investment:

(i) such Person in one transaction or a series of related transactions becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

(ii) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

23

(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from (a) an Asset Sale or any disposition of assets or property not constituting an Asset Sale, or (b) any disposition or issuance of Equity Interests of a Subsidiary, in each case which is not prohibited by Section 4.10;

(5) any Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Receivables Subsidiary or a Special Purpose Vehicle or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided that any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or a Special Purpose Vehicle is in the form of a Purchase Money Note or an Equity Interest or in the form of a purchase of Receivables and Receivables Related Assets pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation;

(6) any Investment solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

(7) Investments in accounts or notes receivable owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

(8) loans and advances to directors, officers, managers, employees and consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes not in excess of $10.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(9) Investments in securities received in settlement of Obligations of trade creditors or customers in the ordinary course of business or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of trade creditors or customers;

(10) workers’ compensation, utility, lease and similar deposits and prepaid expenses in the ordinary course of business and endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business;

(11) commission, payroll, travel and similar advances to employees in the ordinary course of business;

(12) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of the Company’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ businesses and not for speculative purposes and otherwise in compliance with this Indenture;

(13) Investments represented by Guarantees of Indebtedness that are otherwise permitted under this Indenture and performance guarantees in the ordinary course of business;

(14) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (14) that are at any time outstanding, not to exceed (a) the greater of (i) $150.0 million and (ii) 60.0% of Consolidated Cash Flow as of the date of such Investment plus (b) 100% of the aggregate cash dividends and distributions received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any such Investments that are at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (14), but only to the extent the

24

Company elects to include such dividends or distributions in this clause (14)(b), as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee within 10 Business Days of the date of the dividend or distribution; provided that if an Investment made pursuant to this clause (14) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of the Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment will thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (14);

(15) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(16) loans by the Company in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $10.0 million to employees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the sale of the Company’s Capital Stock by the Company to such employees; provided that the net cash proceeds from such sales respecting such loaned amounts will not be included in the calculation described in Section 4.07(a)(3)(B);

(17) any Investment (x) existing on the Issue Date, (y) made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Issue Date or (z) that replaces, refinances, refunds, renews or extends any Investment described under either of the immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y), provided that any such Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the amount replaced, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended;

(18) Investments comprised of intercompany loans between the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary or between any Restricted Subsidiary and any other Restricted Subsidiary;

(19) Investments in the Notes;

(20) other Investments in any Unrestricted Subsidiary or joint venture of the Company or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (20) that are at any time outstanding, not to exceed (a) the greater of (i) $125.0 million and (ii) 50.0% of Consolidated Cash Flow as of the date of such Investment plus (b) 100% of the aggregate cash dividends and distributions received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any such Investments that are at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (20), but only to the extent the Company elects to include such dividends or distributions in this clause (20)(b), as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee within 10 Business Days of the date of dividend or distribution; provided that if an Investment made pursuant to this clause (20) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of the Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment will thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (20);

(21) any Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent comprised of assets of, or Equity Interests in, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(22) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11(b) (except transactions described in Section 4.11(b)(2), (5), (6), (12) and (14));

25

(23) other Investments so long as the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, calculated as of the date of such Investment and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including, without limitation, to the incurrence of any Indebtedness to finance such Investment), does not exceed 4.00 to 1.0; and

(24) any Investment pursuant to or in connection with the Transactions.

In the event that a Permitted Investment meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Permitted Investment (at the time of incurrence or at a later date), the Company in its sole discretion may divide, classify or from time to time reclassify all or any portion of such Permitted Investment in in any manner that complies with the definition of “Permitted Investments” and such Permitted Investment shall be treated as having been made pursuant only to the clause or clauses of this definition to which such Permitted Investment has been classified or reclassified.

“Permitted Liens” means:

(1) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1);

(2) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors;

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were not entered into in contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or such Subsidiary;

(4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition and only extend to the property so acquired;

(5) Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries;

(6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including any Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Sections 4.09(b)(4) or 4.09(b)(18), covering only the assets financed with such Indebtedness (or, in the case of Section 4.09(b)(18), that are the subject of the applicable Sale and Leaseback Transaction) and, in each case, any additions and improvements thereon;

(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date securing Existing Indebtedness;

(8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

(9) Deposits’ and landlords’, lessors’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, suppliers’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted;

26

(10) pledges or deposits made in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security or similar legislation, or good faith deposits to secure the performance of bids, tenders, government contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party, deposits to secure statutory obligations or bankers’ acceptances of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and deposits to secure surety and appeal bonds to which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary is a party, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(11) judgment Liens not giving rise to Default or an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

(12) Liens on the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of that Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred by Section 4.09;

(13) easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances affecting real property which do not materially adversely affect the value of said property or interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(14) any interest or title of a lessor under any capital lease or operating lease; provided that such Liens do not extend to any property or assets which is not leased property subject to such lease;

(15) Liens in favor of custom and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of non-delinquent customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(16) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances incurred in accordance with this Indenture which encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances and products and proceeds thereof;

(17) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(18) leases or subleases, licenses or sublicenses, granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(19) Liens arising out of conditional sale, consignment, title retention or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(20) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection; (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

27

(21) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness which is incurred to refinance, renew, replace, defease or discharge any Refinanced Indebtedness which has been secured by a Lien permitted under this Indenture and which has been incurred in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided, however, that such Liens: (i) are no less favorable to the Holders in any material respect and are not more favorable to the lienholders in any material respect with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of such Refinanced Indebtedness; and (ii) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing such Refinanced Indebtedness;

(22) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(23) Liens securing Hedging Obligations;

(24) Liens on Receivables Program Assets securing Receivables Program Obligations;

(25) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(26) Liens under licensing agreements for use of intellectual property entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(27) Liens incurred to secure cash management services and other bank products in the ordinary course of business;

(28) Liens on property or assets used to defease or to satisfy and discharge Indebtedness; provided that such defeasance or satisfaction and discharge is not prohibited by this Indenture;

(29) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement;

(30) Liens incurred on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with respect to Obligations that do not exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 60.0% of Consolidated Cash Flow (determined as of the date of any incurrence);

(31) additional Liens securing Obligations, provided that after giving effect to the incurrence of such Liens, the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, calculated as of the date of incurrence, (x) does not exceed 4.25 to 1.0 or (y) in the event that such Obligations are incurred to finance an acquisition or other Investment in the nature of an acquisition, does not exceed the greater of (i) 4.25 to 1.0 or (ii) the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio calculated immediately prior to giving effect to such acquisition or other Investment in the nature of an acquisition;

(32) Liens created or arising pursuant to or in connection with the Transactions; and

(33) Liens on Equity Interests in joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries (i) securing obligations of such joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries or (ii) pursuant to the relevant joint venture agreement or arrangements.

28

During any Suspension Period, the relevant clauses of Section 4.09 shall be deemed to be in effect solely for purposes of determining the amount available under clause (7) above.

In the event that a Permitted Lien meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Permitted Liens (at the time of incurrence or at a later date), the Company in its sole discretion may divide, classify or from time to time reclassify all or any portion of such Permitted Lien in any manner that complies with the covenant described in Section 4.12 and such Permitted Lien shall be treated as having been made pursuant only to the clause or clauses of this definition to which such Permitted Lien has been classified or reclassified.

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, refund, renew, replace, defease or discharge, other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness) (such other Indebtedness, “Refinanced Indebtedness”); provided that:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus accrued interest on, the Refinanced Indebtedness (plus the amount of reasonable fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection therewith including premiums paid, if any, to the holders thereof);

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Refinanced Indebtedness;

(3) if the Refinanced Indebtedness is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Refinanced Indebtedness;

(4) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Refinanced Indebtedness; and

(5) (a) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Refinanced Indebtedness or (b) if the Stated Maturity of the Refinanced Indebtedness is later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity at least 91 days later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, estate or unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity (including any subdivision or ongoing business of any such entity, or substantially all of the assets of any such entity, subdivision or business).

“Post” means Post Holdings, Inc., a Missouri corporation, and its successors and assigns.

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(1) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

29

“Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note evidencing the obligation of a Receivables Subsidiary or a Special Purpose Vehicle to pay the purchase price for Receivables or other Indebtedness to the Company or to any Restricted Subsidiary (or to a Receivables Subsidiary in the case of a transfer to a Special Purpose Vehicle) in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, which note shall be repaid from cash available to the maker of such note, other than cash required to be held as reserves pursuant to Receivables Documents, amounts paid in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing under Receivables Documents and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated Receivables.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

“Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock.

“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Related Business.

“Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to which the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Receivables Program Assets (whether existing on the Issue Date or arising thereafter); provided that:

(1) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of a Receivables Subsidiary or Special Purpose Vehicle

(i) is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary), excluding Guarantees of Obligations pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings,

(ii) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or

(iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction of Obligations incurred in such transactions, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;

(2) neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding with a Receivables Subsidiary or a Special Purpose Vehicle (except in connection with a receivables securitization facility) other than on terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company; and

(3) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) do not have any obligation to maintain or preserve the financial condition of a Receivables Subsidiary or a Special Purpose Vehicle or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results other than Standard Securitization Undertakings.

“Rating Agency” means each of S&P and Moody’s, or if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available (for reasons outside the control of the Company), a statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, nationally recognized in the United States and selected by the Company (as certified in an Officer’s Certificate) which shall be substituted for S&P’s or Moody’s, or both, as the case may be.

30

“Receivables” means all rights of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to payments (whether constituting accounts, chattel paper, instruments, general intangibles or otherwise, and including the right to payment of any interest or finance charges), which rights are identified in the accounting records of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary as accounts receivable.

“Receivables Documents” means:

(1) one or more receivables purchase agreements, pooling and servicing agreements, credit agreements, agreements to acquire undivided interests or other agreements to transfer or obtain loans or advances against, or create a security interest in, Receivables Program Assets, in each case as amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time and entered into by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary and/or a Receivables Subsidiary, and

(2) each other instrument, agreement and other document entered into by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Receivables Subsidiary relating to the transactions contemplated by the agreements referred to in clause (a) above, in each case as amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time.

“Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Receivables Transaction.

“Receivables Program Assets” means:

(1) all Receivables which are described as being transferred by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Receivables Subsidiary pursuant to the Receivables Documents;

(2) all Receivables Related Assets; and

(3) all collections (including recoveries) and other proceeds of the assets described in the foregoing clauses.

“Receivables Program Obligations” means:

(1) Indebtedness and other Obligations owing in respect of notes, trust certificates, undivided interests, partnership interests or other interests sold, issued and/or pledged, or otherwise incurred, in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; and

(2) related obligations of the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or a Special Purpose Vehicle (including, without limitation, Standard Securitization Undertakings).

31

“Receivables Related Assets” means:

(1) any rights arising under the documentation governing or relating to Receivables (including rights in respect of Liens securing such Receivables and other credit support in respect of such Receivables);

(2) any proceeds of such Receivables and any lockboxes or accounts in which such proceeds are deposited;

(3) spread accounts and other similar accounts (and any amounts on deposit therein) established in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

(4) any warranty, indemnity, dilution and other intercompany claim arising out of Receivables Documents; and

(5) other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable.

“Receivables Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) in a Qualified Receivables Transaction to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Subsidiary).

“Receivables Subsidiary” means a special purpose Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company created in connection with the transactions contemplated by a Qualified Receivables Transaction, which Restricted Subsidiary engages in no activities other than those incidental to such Qualified Receivables Transaction and which is designated as a Receivables Subsidiary by the Company pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement by and between Post and the Company, to be dated on or about the Issue Date, as amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time.

“Regulated Bank” means a commercial bank with a consolidated combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000 that is (i) a U.S. depository institution the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; (ii) a corporation organized under section 25A of the U.S. Federal Reserve Act of 1913; (iii) a branch, agency or commercial lending company of a foreign bank operating pursuant to approval by and under the supervision of the Board of Governors under 12 CFR part 211; (iv) a non-U.S. branch of a foreign bank managed and controlled by a U.S. branch referred to in clause (iii); or (v) any other U.S. or non-U.S. depository institution or any branch, agency or similar office thereof supervised by a bank regulatory authority in any jurisdiction.

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

32

“Related Business” means the business conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date and any and all businesses that in the good faith judgment of the Company are similar or reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto or reasonable extensions thereof.

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture at the Corporate Trust Office and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor rating agency.

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means with respect to any Person an arrangement with any bank, insurance company or other lender or investor or to which such lender or investor is a party, providing for the leasing by such Person of any asset of such Person which has been or is being sold or transferred by such Person to such lender or investor or to any Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such lender or investor on the security of such asset.

“Screened Affiliate” means any Affiliate of a Holder (i) that makes investment decisions independently from such Holder and any other Affiliate of such Holder that is not a Screened Affiliate, (ii) that has in place customary information screens between it and such Holder and any other Affiliate of such Holder that is not a Screened Affiliate and such screens prohibit the sharing of information with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries, (iii) whose investment policies are not directed by such Holder or any other Affiliate of such Holder that is acting in concert with such Holder in connection with its investment in the Notes, and (iv) whose investment decisions are not influenced by the investment decisions of such Holder or any other Affiliate of such Holder that is acting in concert with such Holders in connection with its investment in the Notes.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any governmental authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

33

“Selling Noteholders” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, each in their capacity as a selling noteholder of the Initial Notes sold to the Initial Purchasers.

“Senior Secured Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all funded Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) that is secured by a Lien on any asset or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. For avoidance of doubt, issued but undrawn letters of credit and undrawn capacity under any revolving credit facility are not funded Indebtedness for borrowed money, but all Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1) (other than any unsecured Indebtedness that, as of such date of determination, has been reclassified as incurred pursuant to another clause of the definition of Permitted Debt or Section 4.09(a)) will be deemed to be secured for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio.

“Separation” means the series of separation transactions contemplated under the Transaction Agreement.

“Short Derivative Instrument” means, as to any Person, a Derivative Instrument (i) the value of which to such Person generally decreases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations of such Person under which generally increase, with positive changes in the financial performance and/or position of the Company or any one or more Guarantors and/or (ii) the value of which to such Person generally increases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations of such Person under which generally decrease, with negative changes in the financial performance and/or position of the Company or any one or more Guarantors.

“Significant Subsidiary” means (1) any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that when aggregated with all other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not otherwise Significant Subsidiaries would constitute a Significant Subsidiary under clause (1) of this definition.

“Special Purpose Vehicle” means a trust, partnership or other special purpose Person established by the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to implement a Qualified Receivables Transaction.

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants, performance guarantees and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which, in the good faith judgment of the Company, are reasonably customary in an accounts receivable transaction and includes, without limitation, any Receivables Repurchase Obligation.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees.

34

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

“Subsidiary Guarantee” means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the Notes by a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, and, collectively, all such Guarantees.

“Tax and Related Distributions” means, without duplication, for any taxable period for which the Company is a member of a consolidated, combined, unitary or similar tax group for U.S. federal and/or applicable state or local tax purposes, payments to discharge the consolidated, combined, unitary or similar tax liabilities of such tax group when and as due, to the extent such liabilities are attributable to the income of the Company and/or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (or any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company to the extent such Unrestricted Subsidiary has distributed a corresponding amount to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), taking into account any carryovers of losses, excess interest deductions, and any available credits, in each case incurred on or following the Issue Date; provided that for each taxable period the amount of any such payment shall not be greater than the amount of such taxes that are reasonably expected to be due and payable by the Company and such Subsidiaries if the Company and such Subsidiaries filed a consolidated, combined, unitary or similar type tax return with the Company as the consolidated parent.

“Tax Matters Agreement” means that certain Tax Matters Agreement by and among Post, the Company, and Old BRBR, to be dated on or about the Issue Date, as amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time and the tax receivable agreement, if any, entered into in accordance with Section 2.09 thereof, as amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time.

“Tax Matters Agreement (2019)” means that certain Tax Matters Agreement by and among Post, the Company, and Old BRBR, dated as of October 21, 2019, as amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time.

“Tax Receivable Agreement” means that certain Tax Receivable Agreement by and among Post, BellRing Brands, LLC and Old BRBR, dated as of October 21, 2019, as amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time.

“Trademark and Domain Name License Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Trademark and Domain Name License Agreement, to be dated on or about the Issue Date, by and among Post, certain Subsidiaries of Post, the Company, and certain Subsidiaries of the Company, as amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time.

“Transaction Agreement” means the Transaction Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 26, 2021, among the Company, Post, BellRing Brands, Inc. and BellRing Merger Sub Corporation, as amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time.

“Transactions” means, collectively, the following transactions, agreements, activities or actions: (i) the Separation, the Distribution, the merger of BellRing Merger Sub Corporation with and into Old BRBR, (ii) the entry into and performance of the Transaction Agreement (including, each document

35

referenced therein and any other agreements or arrangements entered in accordance with the terms thereof), each of the other Formation Documents, and any transactions in furtherance of the transactions contemplated by any of the foregoing, (iii) any agreement or transaction to effectuate or facilitate the consummation of the debt-for-debt or debt-for-equity exchange contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, (iv) each of the corporate reorganization transactions, restructuring or similar activities or transactions in connection with or related to any of the foregoing and (v) cash payments pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, (a) the payment of the cash merger consideration to the holders of Equity Interests of Old BRBR, (b) payments to holders of Equity Interests under any management equity plan, stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of Old BRBR, (c) payments of amounts (including, without limitation, any amounts treated as being paid on behalf of Old BRBR or any of its or the Company’s Subsidiaries) pursuant to the Tax Matters Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement (2019) or the Tax Receivable Agreement (in each case as in effect on the Issue Date, or as amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time in a manner not materially adverse to the interests of the Holders) or pursuant to any tax receivables agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Tax Matters Agreement, (d) payments pursuant to or in connection with the Formation Documents (as in effect on the Issue Date, or as amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time in a manner not materially adverse to the interests of the Holders), including, without limitation, all indemnity payments thereunder, all fees, costs and expenses thereunder, and all other payments and reimbursements owed thereunder, in each case whether currently due or paid in respect of accruals from prior periods, and (e) the payment of transaction fees and expenses in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case whether made or paid directly or to or on behalf of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any Parent Company, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (i) through (v), whether occurring prior to, on, or after the Issue Date, provided that the Transactions shall not include (1) the issuance of the Notes on the Issue Date and (2) the entry into the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date and any borrowings thereunder.

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of the earlier of (a) such redemption date or (b) the date on which the Notes are defeased or satisfied and discharged, of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to March 15, 2027; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to March 15, 2027, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as in effect on the Issue Date and, to the extent required by law, as amended.

“Trustee” means Computershare Trust Company, N.A., until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

“Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

36

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.17, and any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary so designated; provided that any such Subsidiary:

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; and

(2) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company.

“U.S. Dollar Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purpose of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two Business Days prior to such determination.

“U.S. Government Obligations” means direct non-callable Obligations of, or Guaranteed as to the full and timely payment by, the United States of America for the payment of which Guarantee or Obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged.

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person and/or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.

37

Section 1.02 Other Definitions.

Section 1.03 Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

38

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(3) “or” is not exclusive;

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(6) all section references contained herein will be deemed to be references to sections of this Indenture, unless otherwise specified;

(7) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

(8) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01 Form and Dating.

(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

(b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges, redemptions and transfers of interests. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06.

(c) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

39

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee will, upon receipt of one or more written orders of the Company signed by at least one Officer (each an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

The Company will be responsible for making calculations called for under the Notes, including but not limited to determination of redemption price, premium, if any, and any additional amounts or other amounts payable on the Notes. The Company will make the calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, its calculations will be final and binding on the Holders. The Company will provide a schedule of its calculations to the Trustee when requested by the Trustee, and the Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively on the accuracy of the Company’s calculations without independent verification.

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. The Company has entered into a letter of representations with the Depositary in the form provided by the Depositary, and the Trustee and each Agent are hereby authorized to act in accordance with such letter and Applicable Procedures.

40

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05 Holder Lists.

The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes.

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if:

(1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;

(2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or

(3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes and the Registrar or Trustee has received a request from the Depositary to issue such Definitive Notes.

Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (1), (2) or (3) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f).

41

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).

(2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:

(A) both:

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or

(B) both:

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above.

Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g).

42

(3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (4), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred.

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

43

(5) Automatic Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note.

Upon the Company’s satisfaction that the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note may be automatically exchanged into beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note without any action required by or on behalf of the Holder (the “Automatic Exchange”) at any time on or after the date that is the 366th calendar day after (A) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Issue Date or (B) with respect to Additional Notes, if any, the issue date of such Additional Notes, or, in each case, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (the “Automatic Exchange Date”). Upon the Company’s satisfaction that the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, (i) provide written notice to the Trustee at least 10 calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange, instructing the Trustee to direct the Depositary to exchange all of the outstanding beneficial interests in a particular Restricted Global Note to the Unrestricted Global Note, which the Company shall have previously otherwise made eligible for exchange with the Depositary, (ii) provide prior written notice (the “Automatic Exchange Notice”) to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders at least 10 calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange (the “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”), which notice must include (w) the Automatic Exchange Date, (x) the section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Automatic Exchange shall occur, (y) the “CUSIP” number of the Restricted Global Note from which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred and the (z) “CUSIP” number of the Unrestricted Global Note into which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred, and (iii) on or prior to the date of the Automatic Exchange, deliver to the Trustee for authentication one or more Unrestricted Global Notes, duly executed by the Company, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Restricted Global Notes to be exchanged. At the Company’s request on no less than 5 calendar days’ notice, the Trustee shall deliver, in the Company’s name and at its expense, the Automatic Exchange Notice to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.06, during the 10 day period between the Automatic Exchange Notice Date and the Automatic Exchange Date, no transfers or exchanges other than pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(5)(v) shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the Company. As a condition to any Automatic Exchange, the Company shall provide, and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon, an Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that the Automatic Exchange shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and that the aggregate principal amount of the particular Restricted Global Note is to be transferred to the particular Unrestricted Global Note by adjustment made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary to reflect the Automatic Exchange. Upon such exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(5)(v), the aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes shall be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, to reflect the relevant increase or decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note resulting from the applicable exchange. The Restricted Global Note from which beneficial interests are transferred pursuant to an Automatic Exchange shall be canceled following the Automatic Exchange.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

(1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

44

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g), and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(2) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

45

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (2), if the Company or Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company or the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(3) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2), the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g), and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

46

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note.

(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(B) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (2), if the Company or the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company or the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

47

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(B) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

48

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (2), if the Company or the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company or the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

(1) Private Placement Legend.

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS THE DATE ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED UNDER RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREOF, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY OF THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.”

49

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(2), (c)(3), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), or (e)(3) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF BELLRING DISTRIBUTION, LLC.

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

(g) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on the Schedule of Exchange of Interests on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

50

(h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 or at the Registrar’s request.

(2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05).

(3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(5) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:

(A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 and ending at the close of business on the day of selection;

(B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or

(C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

(6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered on the books of the Registrar as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02.

(8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile or electronically via email.

(9) Neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall have any duty to monitor the Company’s compliance with or have any responsibility with respect to the Company’s compliance with any federal or state securities laws in connection with registrations of transfers and exchanges of the Notes. The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law

51

with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Notes (including any transfers between or among the Depositary’s participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation, as is expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

(10) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

(11) The Company, the Trustee, and the Registrar reserve the right to require the delivery of such legal opinions, certifications or other evidence as may reasonably be required in order to determine that the proposed transfer of any Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Note is being made in compliance with the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or rules or regulations adopted by the SEC from time to time thereunder, and applicable state securities laws.

(12) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no certificate of transfer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B or Exhibit C, and no legal opinion, certification, or other documentation shall be required to effect the registration and transfer of the Initial Notes to any Selling Noteholder or Initial Purchaser on the Issue Date, any Selling Noteholder to Selling Noteholder on the Issue Date, or any Selling Noteholder who wishes to further transfer to the form of Restricted Global Note on the Issue Date other than (a) a duly completed Assignment Form, in the form included within Exhibit A hereto, (b) an instruction letter to the Trustee in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee and (c) in the case where the Initial Notes to be so transferred will be delivered as beneficial interests in a Global Note, an instruction letter to the Trustee for delivery pursuant to DTC’s Deposit and Withdrawal at Custodian (DWAC) service, such instruction letter to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

52

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 2.11 Cancellation.

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be retained and disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures and applicable law. Certification of the cancellation of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company upon request. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

53

Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers.

The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP, ISIN or other similar numbers, if then generally in use, and thereafter with respect to such Notes the Trustee may use such numbers in any notice provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such notice shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP, ISIN or other similar numbers.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth:

(1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

(2) the redemption date;

(3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and

(4) the redemption price.

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased at any time and the Notes are not in global form, unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or depositary requirements, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase as follows:

(1) if the Notes are listed, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or

(2) if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis subject to adjustment for minimum denominations.

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time and the Notes are Global Notes, the Notes to be redeemed will be selected in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 15 days nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in minimum amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

54

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09, at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will send or cause to be sent in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, or by first class mail with respect to Definitive Notes, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11.

The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:

(1) the redemption date;

(2) the redemption price;

(3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued (or transferred by book entry) upon cancellation of the original Note;

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

(9) any conditions precedent to such redemption in reasonable detail.

At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 5 days prior to the date the notice of redemption is to be sent (unless a shorter period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice together with the notice to be given setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

Any redemption or notice of any redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, a Change of Control, other debt or equity financing, acquisition or other corporate transaction or event (or series of related transactions), and, at the Company’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time (including more than 60 days after the date the notice of redemption was mailed or delivered, including by electronic transmission) as

55

any or all of such conditions have been satisfied or waived, or such notice may be rescinded at any time in the Company’s discretion if in the good faith judgment of the Company any or all of such conditions will not be satisfied or waived. In addition, the Company may provide in any notice of redemption that payment of the redemption price and the performance of its obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person; provided, however, that the Company will remain obligated to pay the redemption price and perform its obligations with respect to such redemption in the event such other Person fails to do so.

Any such condition(s) precedent will be described in the notice of redemption in reasonable detail. If any notice of redemption is rescinded as provided in the immediately preceding paragraph, the Company shall provide written notice to the Trustee not later than 11:00 a.m. New York City time on the redemption date if such notice has been delayed or rescinded, and upon receipt the Trustee shall provide such notice to each Holder of the Notes in the same manner in which the notice of redemption was given. The Trustee makes no representations or warranties about the Depositary’s ability to prevent a redemption, and shall have no liability for the Depositary’s inability or unwillingness to prevent the redemption.

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, except as may be provided in Section 3.03 if any such redemption is subject to any condition precedent, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price.

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

At or prior to 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time, on or prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, if any, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, if any, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01.

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue (or deliver by book entry transaction pursuant to Applicable Procedures) and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.

56

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption.

(a) Except as provided in this Section 3.07, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to March 15, 2027.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) At any time prior to March 15, 2027, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 10 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the date of redemption, subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the Applicable Premium promptly after the calculation, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for such calculation.

(d) On or after March 15, 2027, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 10 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount of the Notes) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on March 15 of the years indicated below:

If an optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Notes are registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to such redemption by the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Net Proceeds Offer, if not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes are validly tendered and not withdrawn in such offer and the Company, or any third party making such offer in lieu of the Company, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn, the Company or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 days’ nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 10 days following such purchase date, to redeem (and the Holders of the remaining Notes shall be deemed to have agreed to surrender) all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price equal to 101% (in the case of a Change of Control Offer) or 100% (in the case of a Net Proceeds Offer) of the principal amount thereof in such offer, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the date of such redemption.

The Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

(e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06.

57

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption.

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

Section 3.09 Offer to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales.

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10, the Company is required to commence a Net Proceeds Offer, it will follow the procedures specified below.

Upon the commencement of a Net Proceeds Offer, the Company will send, in accordance with Applicable Procedures, or by first class mail with respect to Definitive Notes, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Net Proceeds Offer, will state:

(1) that the Net Proceeds Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 and the length of time the Net Proceeds Offer will remain open;

(2) the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the purchase price and the date of purchase (the “Purchase Date”);

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrete or accrue interest;

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Purchase Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in minimum denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

(6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Net Proceeds Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days before the Purchase Date;

(7) that , until the close of business on the tenth Business Day after the date such notice is sent (or such later time and date as the Company may decide in its sole discretion) (such time and date, the “withdrawal deadline”), Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the withdrawal deadline, a facsimile, email transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company will select the Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased or repaid on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in minimum denominations of $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be purchased); and

58

(9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount (less any pro rata portion thereof attributable to other Pari Passu Indebtedness) of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount attributable to the Notes has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Net Proceeds Offer on the Purchase Date.

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer.

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes.

The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium on, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful.

59

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

The Company will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03.

Section 4.03 Reports.

(a) Beginning on the Issue Date, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Trustee:

(1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2022, annual financial information of the Company containing substantially all of the financial information that would have been required to be contained in an Annual Report on Form 10-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (but only to the extent similar information was included or incorporated by reference in the Offering Memorandum), consisting of (A) “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and (B) audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2022, quarterly financial information of the Company containing substantially all of the financial information that would have been required to be contained in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (but only to the extent similar information was included or incorporated by reference in the Offering Memorandum), consisting of (A) “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and (B) unaudited quarterly financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and reviewed pursuant to Statement on Auditing Standards No. 100 (or any successor provision); and

(3) within 10 Business Days after the occurrence of each event that would have been required to be reported in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act, current reports containing substantially all of the information that would have been required to be contained in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that no such current report or any information required to be contained in such report will be required to be furnished if the Company determines in its good faith judgment that such event, or any information with respect to such event which is not included in any report that is furnished, is not material to noteholders or the business, assets, operations, financial positions or prospects of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or such current report relates solely to information required under Items 3.01, 3.02, or 3.03, insofar as it relates to securities other than the Notes and the Subsidiary Guaranties, 4.01, 5.02(a), 5.02(d), 5.02(e), 5.04, 5.06 or 5.07 of Form 8-K or any successor provisions thereto;

60

provided, however, that (i) any information required by part III of Form 10-K shall be deemed to be timely delivered in accordance with the foregoing requirements so long as it is included in a definitive proxy statement or amendment to Form 10-K filed with the Commission within the period permitted under the SEC’s rules and regulations and (ii) all such reports (A) will not be required to comply with Section 302, 906 or Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 and 308 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the Commission, or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K (with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein), (B) will not be required to contain the information required by Items 201, 402, 403, 405, 406, 407, 701 or 703 of Regulation S-K, (C) will not be required to contain the separate financial information for Guarantors contemplated by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission or any financial statements required by Rule 3-05, 3-09, 3-16, 4-08, 13-01 or 13-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission or comply with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, (D) will not be required to contain any “segment reporting” or any earnings per share information, (E) will not be required to contain any document that would be required under the SEC’s rules and regulations to be filed as an exhibit to Form 10-K, Form 10-Q or Form 8-K, (F) will not be required to include any summary of the terms of, any employment or compensatory arrangement, agreement, plan or understanding between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any director, officer or manager of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (G) will not be required to include any trade secrets, privileged or confidential information obtained from another Person and competitively sensitive information and other proprietary information.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the delivery requirements of clauses (1), (2) or (3) above will be deemed satisfied if the foregoing materials are publicly available on the Commission’s EDGAR system (or a successor thereto) within the applicable time periods specified above.

(b) So long as any Notes are outstanding and the Company is not subject to the periodic reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, if the foregoing materials are not publicly available on the SEC’s EDGAR system (or a successor thereto) within the applicable time periods specified above, the Company will also:

(1) issue a press release to an internationally recognized wire service no fewer than three Business Days prior to the first public disclosure of the annual and quarterly reports required by clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.03(a) announcing the date on which such reports will become publicly available and directing noteholders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts to contact the investor relations office of the Company to obtain copies of such reports; and

(2) maintain a website to which noteholders, bona fide prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts are given access and to which all of the reports and press releases required by this Section 4.03 are posted; provided that the Company may deny access to any competitively-sensitive information or reports otherwise to be provided pursuant to this paragraph to any such noteholder, bona fide prospective investor or security analyst that is a competitor of the Company and its Subsidiaries to the extent that the Company determines in good faith that the provision of such information or reports to such Person would be competitively harmful to the Company and its Subsidiaries; and provided, further, that such noteholder, bona fide prospective investor or security analyst shall agree to (i) treat all such reports (and the information contained therein) and information as confidential, (ii) not use such reports and the information contained therein for any purpose other than their investment or potential investment in the Notes and (iii) not publicly disclose any such reports (and the information contained therein).

61

(c) So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company (or any Parent Company) will also:

(1) at any time after the Company releases its earnings for any annual or quarterly period, but in no event later than 10 Business Days after furnishing to the Trustee (or filing with the Commission) the financial information required by clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.03(a), hold a conference call to discuss such financial information and the results of operations for the relevant reporting period (which conference call may, at the option of the Company, be the same conference call that the Company’s shareholders and/or equity research analysts are invited to); and

(2) issue a press release or otherwise announce (which announcement may be made available on the nonpublic website referred to in clause (2) of the immediately preceding paragraph) no fewer than three Business Days prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with this paragraph, announcing the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing noteholders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts to contact the appropriate person at the Company to obtain such information.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Company may satisfy its obligations pursuant to this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to any Parent Company; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such Parent Company (and other parent entities included in such information, if any), on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand. For the avoidance of doubt, the consolidating information referred to in the proviso in the preceding sentence need not be audited.

(d) In addition, the Company shall furnish to noteholders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts, upon their request, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any failure to comply with this Section 4.03 shall be automatically cured when the Company provides all required reports to the Trustee or the Holders, as applicable, or files all required reports with the SEC, or holds such conference call, as applicable.

Delivery of the above reports to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such reports shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s compliance with any of their respective covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates or certificates delivered pursuant to Section 4.04) or any other agreement or document. The Trustee shall not be obligated to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, the Company’s compliance with the covenants or with respect to any reports or other documents filed with the SEC or EDGAR or any website under this Indenture, or participate in any conference calls.

62

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate signed by the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer that need not comply with Section 12.05 stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

(b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, promptly upon any Officer obtaining knowledge of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate describing such Default or Event of Default and the status thereof.

Section 4.05 [Reserved].

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07 Restricted Payments.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

(2) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, in each case held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

63

(3) make any principal payment on or with respect to, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than the payment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (i) intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (ii) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity thereof, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement); or

(4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Debt) pursuant to Section 4.09; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clause (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), (18), (19), (20), (21), (22) or (23) of Section 4.07(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(A) an amount, not less than zero, equal to (a) 100% of the cumulative Consolidated Cash Flow (excluding the amount of any dividends or distributions included in the calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow to the extent the Company elects to include such dividends or distributions in clause (14)(b) or 20(b) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” in accordance with such clause) of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) commencing on October 1, 2021, and ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the date of such calculation for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment minus (b) 1.5 times the Fixed Charges of the Company for the same period (taken as one accounting period); plus

(B) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, and the fair market value of property other than cash, received by the Company after the Issue Date, as a contribution to its common equity capital or as consideration for the issue or sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of:

(i) Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company; or

(ii) Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock or Indebtedness of the Company that in each case have been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company, provided, however, that this clause (ii) shall not include the proceeds from (x) Refunding Capital Stock or (y) Excluded Contributions; plus

64

(C) 100% of the fair market value as of the date of issuance of any Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) issued since the Issue Date, by the Company as consideration for the purchase or other acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, a Related Business (including by means of a merger, consolidation or other business combination permitted under this Indenture); plus

(D) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Issue Date is sold for cash or other property or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, in each case to the extent such cash or other property is received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment or the fair market value of such other property, except to the extent increasing the amount available to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(15); plus

(E) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including the fair market value of property other than cash) received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date from:

(i) the issuance, sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or the Equity Interests or assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

(ii) any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary,

in each case, except to the extent any such amount has already been included in the calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow or to the extent increasing the amount available to make (i) Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(15) or (ii) Investments pursuant to clause (14)(b) or (20)(b) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”, provided, however, that this clause (E) shall not include the proceeds from Excluded Contributions; plus

(F) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the fair market value of the Company’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation, merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable, except to the extent increasing the amount available to make (i) Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(15) or (ii) Investments pursuant to clause (14)(b) or (20)(b) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”; plus

(G) $125.0 million.

For avoidance of doubt, none of the Transactions being consummated on the Issue Date will increase the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to this Section 4.07(a).

(b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 90 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of any redemption notice related thereto, if at said date of declaration or notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

65

(2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the contribution of common equity capital to the Company within 10 Business Days; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment shall be excluded from clause (3)(B) of Section 4.07(a);

(3) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent (i) incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness or (ii) issuance of Disqualified Stock permitted to be issued under this Indenture;

(4) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

(5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any current or former officer, manager, director or employee of the Company (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or such Parent Company) pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, employment agreement, severance agreement or other executive compensation arrangement or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed $10.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to subsequent calendar years; provided that the aggregate purchase price for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed $20.0 million in any calendar year); and provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds received by the Company from sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to officers, managers, directors or employees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any such Parent Company that occur after the Issue Date (provided that the amount of such cash proceeds used for any such repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(B) of Section 4.07(a); and provided, further, that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by this proviso in any calendar year); and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company from members of management of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment;

(6) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur (i) upon the exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options and (ii) in connection with the withholding of a portion of the Equity Interests granted or awarded to a director or an employee to pay for the taxes payable by such director or employee upon such grant or award;

66

(7) payments to holders of the Company’s capital stock in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of its Capital Stock;

(8) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of Disqualified Stock of the Company in exchange for Disqualified Stock of the Company or with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent issuance of Disqualified Stock by the Company, in each case that is permitted to be issued as described under Section 4.09;

(9) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance with the provisions similar to those described under Sections 4.10 and 4.14, provided that all Notes validly tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Net Proceeds Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

(10) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any class or series of preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.09 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”;

(11) (i) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock of the Company and (ii) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is preferred stock; provided that in the case of each of sub-clauses (i) and (ii) of this clause (11), the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such Designated Preferred Stock or Refunding Capital Stock, as applicable, was issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0;

(12) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, any Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(13) payments or distributions to satisfy dissenters’ rights, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with the provisions of this Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company;

(14) the purchase, redemption, acquisition, cancellation or other retirement for a nominal value per right of any rights granted to all of the holders of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to any shareholders’ rights plan adopted for the purpose of protecting shareholders from unfair takeover tactics; provided that any such purchase, redemption, acquisition, cancellation or other retirement of such rights is not for the purpose of evading the limitations of this Section 4.07 (all as determined in good faith by a senior financial officer of the Company);

(15) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount under this clause (15) at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 40.0% of Consolidated Cash Flow (determined as of the date of any Restricted Payment pursuant to this clause (15));

(16) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed an amount equal to 3.0% of the Market Capitalization; provided, that at least one class of the Company’s Common Stock has been listed on The New York Stock Exchange (or, if the primary listing of such Common Stock is on another exchange, on such other exchange) for the 30 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of such Restricted Payment;

67

(17) other Restricted Payments so long as the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, calculated as of the date of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including, without limitation, to the incurrence of any Indebtedness to finance such Restricted Payment), does not exceed 3.75 to 1.0;

(18) (i) the prepayment, redemption, purchase, repurchase, defeasance, discharge, retirement, exchange or other acquisition of any Equity Interests, including any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Equity Interests of any parent entity of which the Company is a wholly owned Subsidiary, in exchange for, or in an amount equal to or less than the proceeds of a sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of Equity Interests of the Company or any such parent entity to the extent such amount was contributed to the Company (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) within 120 days of such sale or issuance and is designated as “Refunding Capital Stock” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal executive officer or the principal financial officer of the Company and delivered to the Trustee within ten (10) Business Days following receipt by the Company of such proceeds (“Refunding Capital Stock”) and (ii) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (11) of this paragraph, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, purchase, repurchase, defease, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any Parent Entity) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(19) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees and purchases of Receivables in connection with any Qualified Receivables Transaction or any repurchase obligation in connection therewith;

(20) Restricted Payments in an amount that does not exceed the aggregate amount of Excluded Contributions received since the Issue Date;

(21) [Reserved];

(22) any Restricted Payments pursuant to or in connection with the Transactions; and

(23) Restricted Payments comprised of (A) Tax and Related Distributions and (B) to the extent necessary to permit any Parent Company to pay (i) general administrative fees, costs and expenses (including corporate overhead, corporate maintenance, insurance premiums, audit and other accounting and reporting fees, costs and expenses, SEC fees, costs and expenses, legal or similar fees, costs and expenses and customary wages, salary, bonus and other benefits payable to directors, officers, employees, members of management, consultants and/or independent contractors of any Parent Company, fees, costs and expenses in connection with debt or equity offerings (whether or not consummated), and fees, costs and expenses in connection with Investments (whether or not consummated), in the case of such Investments or debt or equity offerings, so long as and to the extent that such Investments or the proceeds of such debt or equity offerings are contributed or were intended to be contributed (if such Investment, debt or equity offerings were not consummated) to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries), in each case, which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business by such Parent Company, and (ii) any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by current or former directors, officers, members of management, employees or consultants of any Parent Company, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), solely to the extent (1) attributable to the ownership by such

68

Parent Company of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries or to the payment by such Parent Company of any of such expenses on behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (2) that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries have not otherwise made payments to such Parent Company or any of its Affiliates in respect of such fees, costs and expenses; provided that Restricted Payments under this sub-clause (B) of this clause (23) that are attributable to any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be permitted only to the extent that either (x) such Unrestricted Subsidiary has made one or more cash distributions, advances or loans to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for such purpose in an amount up to the amount of such Unrestricted Subsidiary’s proportionate share of such fees, costs and expenses or (y) the amount of such Restricted Payments made by the Company on behalf of such Unrestricted Subsidiary is treated as an Investment that is subject to this Section 4.07;

provided that in the case of clauses (16) and (17), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the exceptions described in clauses (1) through (23) above or is entitled to be made pursuant to this Section 4.07(a) or one or more clauses of the definition of “Permitted Investments”, the Company will be permitted, in its sole discretion, to classify the Restricted Payment and/or Permitted Investment, or later reclassify the Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in whole or in part among such clauses (1) through (23) and such first paragraph and/or one or more of the clauses contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,” in any manner that complies with this Section 4.07. In the event that a Restricted Payment (or any portion thereof) or Permitted Investment (or any portion thereof) is divided, classified or reclassified under clause (17) above or clause (23) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” (such clauses, the “Incurrence Clauses”), the determination of the amount of such Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that may be made pursuant to the Incurrence Clauses shall be made without giving pro forma effect to any substantially concurrent incurrence of Indebtedness to finance any other portion of such Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment or any other Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment divided, classified or reclassified under the first paragraph of this covenant and/or one or more of the preceding clauses or one or more clauses of the definition of “Permitted Investments” other than an Incurrence Clause. For avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Indenture will restrict the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of the Notes or any of the Company’s other from time to time outstanding senior notes, including any call premium paid in connection therewith.

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries; or

69

(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries.

(b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and any other agreement (including the Credit Agreement) as in effect on the Issue Date and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in such agreements on the Issue Date;

(2) this Indenture, the Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees;

(3) applicable law, rule, regulation or administrative or court order;

(4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred or Capital Stock was issued in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

(5) customary non-assignment provisions in leases, licenses, contracts and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property so acquired of the nature described in Section 4.08(a)(3);

(7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or other disposition;

(8) agreements governing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(9) any agreement creating a Lien securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.12, to the extent limiting the right of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to dispose of the assets subject to such Lien;

(10) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business or with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors;

70

(11) customary restrictions on a Receivables Subsidiary and Receivables Program Assets effected in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

(12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(13) in the case of the provision described in Section 4.08(a)(3): (a) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset or (b) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in any manner material to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof;

(14) existing under, by reason of or with respect to customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(15) existing under, by reason of or with respect to Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary not prohibited to be incurred under this Indenture; provided that (a) such encumbrances or restrictions are customary for the type of Indebtedness being incurred and the jurisdiction of the obligor and (b) such encumbrances or restrictions will not affect in any material respect the Company’s or any Guarantor’s ability to make principal and interest payments on the Notes, as determined in good faith by the Company;

(16) agreements governing Indebtedness incurred in compliance with Section 4.09(b)(4), provided that such encumbrances or restrictions apply only to assets financed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness;

(17) any other agreement governing Indebtedness incurred after the Issue Date that contains encumbrances or other restrictions that are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more restrictive in any material respect taken as a whole than those encumbrances and other restrictions that are customary in comparable financings;

(18) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (17) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, not materially more restrictive as a whole with respect to such encumbrances or restrictions than prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

(19) any agreement or arrangement entered into pursuant to or in connection with the Transactions.

Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company and the Guarantors will not issue any Disqualified Stock and the Company will

71

not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Guarantors) to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company and any of the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, if either (a) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0 or (b) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred of such Disqualified Stock is issued would have been no more than 6.00 to 1.0, in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom) as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(1) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of (a) Indebtedness, letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances under Credit Facilities in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding as of any date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness (together with the aggregate amount of any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness outstanding as of such date that was incurred pursuant to clause (1)(b) and that is not deemed to be incurred pursuant to another clause of the definition of Permitted Debt or clause (a) above as a result of reclassification) not to exceed (x) $250.0 million plus (y) the greater of $250.0 million and 100% of Consolidated Cash Flow (determined as of the date of such incurrence) plus (z) an amount such that, after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, calculated as of the date of incurrence, does not exceed 3.50 to 1.0, and (b) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to extend, refinance, refund, renew, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness that was incurred pursuant to this clause (1) and was not, as of the date of incurrence of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, deemed to be incurred pursuant to another clause of the definition of Permitted Debt or clause (a) above as a result of reclassification;

(2) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness;

(3) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes to be issued on the Issue Date and the Subsidiary Guarantees thereof;

(4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Equity Interests of any Person owning such assets), in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, as of the date of incurrence of any Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (4), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed the greater of (a) $100.0 million and (b) 40.0% of Consolidated Cash Flow (determined as of the date of incurrence);

72

(5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace, Indebtedness incurred under clauses (2), (3) or (4) above, this clause (5), clauses (17), (18), (20), (26) or (28) below or pursuant to Section 4.09(a);

(6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:

(A) if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, and the payee is not the Company or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor, in the case of a Guarantor; and

(B) (1) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof and (2) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);

(7) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations that are not entered into for the purpose of speculation;

(8) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that:

(a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than the incurrence of a Permitted Lien) that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, and

(b) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (8);

(9) the Guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09 and could have been incurred (in compliance with this Section 4.09) by the Person so Guaranteeing such Indebtedness;

(10) the incurrence of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence;

(11) the incurrence of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of security for workers’ compensation claims, payment obligations in connection with self- insurance, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance provided to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, bankers’ acceptances, performance, surety and similar bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; provided that the underlying obligation to perform is that of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and not that of the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and provided further that such underlying obligation is not in respect of borrowed money;

73

(12) the incurrence of Indebtedness that may be deemed to arise as a result of agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out or similar Obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (a) any amount of such Obligations included on the face of the balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be permitted under this clause (12) and (b) the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Obligations outstanding under this clause (12) shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(13) Indebtedness incurred under commercial letters of credit issued for the account of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business (and not for the purpose of, directly or indirectly, incurring Indebtedness or providing credit support or a similar arrangement in respect of Indebtedness); or Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under letters of credit and bank guarantees backstopped by letters of credit under the Credit Facilities;

(14) pledges, deposits or payments made or given in the ordinary course of business in connection with or to secure statutory, regulatory or similar obligations, including obligations under health, safety or environmental obligations, or arising from guarantees to suppliers, lessors, licenses, contractors, franchisees or customers of obligations, other than Indebtedness, made in the ordinary course of business;

(15) the incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued to directors, officers, managers or employees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the redemption or purchase of Capital Stock that, by its terms, is subordinated to the Notes, is not secured by any assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and does not require cash payments prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $10.0 million;

(16) [Reserved];

(17) the incurrence by any Foreign Subsidiary of Indebtedness and/or the guarantee by the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of such Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, as of the date of incurrence of any Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (17), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (17), not to exceed the greater of (a) $75.0 million and (b) 30.0% of Consolidated Cash Flow (determined as of the date of incurrence);

(18) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Capital Lease Obligation resulting from a Sale and Leaseback Transaction in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, as of the date of incurrence of any Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (18), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18), not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 40.0% of Consolidated Cash Flow (determined as of the date of incurrence);

74

(19) Indebtedness in respect of Receivables Program Obligations;

(20) the incurrence of Acquired Debt or other Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, an acquisition (including by way of merger or consolidation) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition, immediately following such acquisition and incurrence (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), either (a) the Company’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available would be at least 2.0 to 1.0 or the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be no more than 6.0 to 1.0 or (b) the Company’s pro forma Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available would be equal to or greater than the actual Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition and incurrence or the Company’s pro forma Consolidated Leverage Ratio would be equal to or less than the actual Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition and incurrence;

(21) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease, redeem or to satisfy and discharge the Notes;

(22) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consisting of obligations to pay insurance premiums or take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(23) Indebtedness in respect of overdraft facilities, employee credit card programs and other cash management arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(24) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(25) cash management obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case in connection with deposit accounts;

(26) the incurrence of Indebtedness by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor, and/or the guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of any joint venture of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, as of the date of incurrence of any Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (26), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (26), not to exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 60.0% of Consolidated Cash Flow (determined as of the date of incurrence);

(27) [Reserved]; and

(28) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, as of the date of incurrence of any Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (28), including

75

all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (28), not to exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 60.0% of Consolidated Cash Flow (determined as of the date of incurrence).

The Company will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or of such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in the right of payment to the Notes and the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee on substantially the same terms. For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured by a junior priority Lien or by virtue of the fact that the holders of such Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements or other arrangements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them, including intercreditor agreements that contain customary provisions requiring turnover by holders of junior priority Liens of proceeds of collateral in the event that the security interests in favor of the holders of the senior priority in such intended collateral are not perfected or invalidated and similar customary provisions protecting the holders of senior priority Liens.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (28) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a), the Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence (or later reclassify such Indebtedness in whole or in part) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. In addition, the accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be treated as an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.

In connection with the incurrence or issuance, as applicable, of (x) revolving loan Indebtedness under this covenant or (y) any commitment or other transaction relating to the incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock under this covenant and the granting of any Lien to secure such Indebtedness, the Company or applicable Restricted Subsidiary may designate such incurrence or issuance and the granting of any Lien therefor as having occurred on the date of first incurrence of such revolving loan Indebtedness or commitment or intention to consummate such transaction (such date, the “Deemed Date”), and any related subsequent actual incurrence or issuance and granting of such Lien therefor will be deemed for all purposes under this Indenture to have been incurred or issued and granted on such Deemed Date, including, without limitation, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, usage of any baskets hereunder (if applicable), the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, Total Assets and Consolidated Cash Flow (and all such calculations on and after the Deemed Date until the termination or funding of such commitment or until such transaction is consummated or abandoned or such election is rescinded shall be made on a pro forma basis giving effect to the deemed incurrence or issuance, the granting of any Lien therefor and related transactions in connection therewith).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies.

76

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness where the Indebtedness incurred, or any Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to the clause or clauses of the definition of Permitted Debt under which such Indebtedness is being incurred, is denominated in a different currency, the amount of any such Indebtedness being incurred and such outstanding Indebtedness, if any, will in each case be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the date any such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed or first incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. Dollar Equivalent), in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness, which U.S. Dollar Equivalent will be reduced by any repayment on such Indebtedness in proportion to the reduction in principal amount; provided, however, that if any such Indebtedness denominated in a different currency is subject to a Currency Protection Agreement with respect to U.S. dollars covering all principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, payable on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in U.S. dollars will be as provided in such Currency Protection Agreement. The principal amount of any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in the same currency as the Indebtedness being refinanced will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the Indebtedness refinanced, except to the extent that (1) such U.S. Dollar Equivalent was determined based on a Currency Protection Agreement, in which case the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness will be determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, and (2) if the principal amount of the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced, the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such excess, as appropriate, will be determined on the date such Permitted Refinancing Debt is incurred.

Section 4.10 Asset Sales.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (measured as of the date of the definitive agreement with respect to such Asset Sale) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of, as approved in good faith by the Company; and

(2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary together with all other Asset Sales by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the Issue Date (on a cumulative basis), is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision only (and specifically not for the purposes of the definition of “Net Proceeds”), each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:

(A) (a) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, or if incurred, accrued or increased subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been reflected on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet if such incurrence had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Company) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and (b) any Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale, to the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Sale;

(B) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that within 180 days are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received in that conversion);

77

(C) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) since the Issue Date that is at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million and (b) 20.0% of Consolidated Cash Flow at the time of receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value;

(D) the fair market value (measured as of the date such Equity Interests or assets are received) of any Equity Interests or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (2) or (4) of Section 4.10(b); and

(E) consideration consisting of Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary received after the Issue Date from Persons who are not the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

(b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply an amount equal to the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale:

(1) (i) to repay, prepay, redeem or repurchase Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) and other Obligations (other than Subordinated Indebtedness), or (ii) to offer to repay the Notes at par, plus accrued and unpaid interest, pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer provisions of Section 4.10(c) (and upon completion of such offer, the amount of Net Proceeds offered to be applied to repurchase the Notes shall be deemed to have been applied in accordance with this Section 4.10(b)(1);

(2) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of another Related Business, or to acquire any Equity Interests of another Related Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Equity Interests, the Related Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(3) to make a capital expenditure;

(4) to acquire other assets (other than securities or current assets) that will be used or useful in a Related Business, including that replace the businesses, properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; or

(5) a combination of prepayments and investments permitted by the foregoing clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4);

provided that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be deemed to have applied such Net Proceeds pursuant to clause (2), (3) or (4) of this Section 4.10(b), as applicable, if and to the extent that, within 365 days after the Asset Sale that generated the Net Proceeds, the Company has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to consummate any reinvestment described in clause (2), (3) or (4) of this paragraph, and such reinvestment is thereafter completed within 180 days after the end of such 365-day period.

78

(c) Pending the final application of such Net Proceeds, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce borrowings under the Credit Facilities or any other revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. Subject to Section 4.10(e), on the 366th day (as extended pursuant to the provisions in the preceding paragraph) after an Asset Sale or such earlier date, if any, as the Company or of such Restricted Subsidiary determines not to apply the Net Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in clause (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) of Section 4.10(b) (each, a “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”), such aggregate amount of Net Proceeds which have not been applied on or before such Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date as permitted in clauses (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) of Section 4.10(b) (each a “Net Proceeds Offer Amount”) shall be applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to make an offer to purchase (the “Net Proceeds Offer”) on a date (the “Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”) not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date (for avoidance of doubt, subject to Section 4.10(g)), from all Holders (and, if required by the terms of any other Indebtedness of the Company ranking pari passu with the Notes in right of payment and which has similar provisions requiring the Company either to make an offer to repurchase or to otherwise repurchase, redeem or repay such Indebtedness with the proceeds from Asset Sales (the “Pari Passu Indebtedness”), from the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness) on a pro rata basis (in proportion to the respective principal amounts or accreted value, as the case may be, of the Notes and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness) an aggregate principal amount of Notes (plus, if applicable, an aggregate principal amount or accreted value, as the case may be, of Pari Passu Indebtedness) equal to the Net Proceeds Offer Amount. The offer price in any Net Proceeds Offer shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (or 100% of the principal amount or accreted value, as the case may be, of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date.

(d) [Reserved].

(e) The Company may defer the Net Proceeds Offer until there is an aggregate unutilized Net Proceeds Offer Amount equal to or in excess of $40.0 million resulting from one or more Asset Sales (at which time the entire unutilized Net Proceeds Offer Amount, and not just the amount in excess of $40.0 million, shall be applied as required pursuant to Section 4.10, and in which case the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date shall be deemed to be the earliest date that the Net Proceeds Offer Amount is equal to or in excess of $40.0 million).

(f) Each Net Proceeds Offer will be sent to the record Holders as shown on the register of Holders within 25 days following the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, with a copy to the Trustee, and shall comply with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09. Upon receiving notice of the Net Proceeds Offer, Holders may elect to tender their Notes in whole or in part in minimum denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof in exchange for cash. To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (plus, if applicable, the aggregate principal amount or accreted value, as the case may be, of Pari Passu Indebtedness) validly tendered by the Holders thereof and not withdrawn exceeds the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, Notes of tendering Holders (and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered by the holders thereof) will be purchased on a pro rata basis (based on the principal amount of the Notes and, if applicable, the principal amount or accreted value, as the case may be, of any such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered and not withdrawn). To the extent that the aggregate amount of the Notes (plus, if applicable, the aggregate principal amount or accreted value, as the case may be, of any Pari Passu Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer is less than the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the Company may use such excess Net Proceeds Offer Amount for general corporate purposes or for any other purpose not prohibited by this Indenture. Upon completion of any such Net Proceeds Offer, the Net Proceeds Offer Amount shall be reset at zero (regardless whether there is any excess Net Proceeds Offer Amount upon such completion). A Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days or such longer period as may be required by applicable law.

79

(g) The Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 3.09 or this Section 4.10, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 or this Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance.

(h) The provisions of this Indenture relating to the Company’s obligations to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of an Asset Sale may be waived or modified at any time with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. An Asset Sale Offer may be made at the same time as consents are solicited with respect to an amendment, supplement or waiver of this Indenture, the Notes and/or the Subsidiary Guarantees.

Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), involving aggregate consideration in excess of the greater of (i) $15.0 million and (ii) 5.0% of Consolidated Cash Flow, unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person who is not an Affiliate of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or, if in the good faith judgment of the Company, no comparable transaction is available with which to compare such Affiliate Transaction, such Affiliate Transaction is otherwise fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view and when such transaction is taken in its entirety; and

(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee:

(A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11; and

(B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors.

(b) The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a):

(1) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries or exclusively between or among such Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) Permitted Investments and Restricted Payments that are permitted by Section 4.07;

80

(3) reasonable fees and compensation paid to (including issuances and grants of Equity Interests of the Company, employment agreements and stock option and ownership plans for the benefit of), and indemnity and insurance provided on behalf of, current, former or future officers, managers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(4) transactions pursuant to any agreement in effect on the Issue Date, as in effect on the Issue Date or as thereafter amended or replaced in any manner, that, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect than such agreement as it was in effect on the Issue Date;

(5) loans or advances to employees, managers, and officers of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted by clause (8) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

(6) any transaction with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Company, directly or through any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Person; provided that no Affiliate of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall have a beneficial interest in such Person;

(7) any service, purchase, lease, supply or similar agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, pursuant to any joint venture agreement) between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate that is a customer, client, supplier, purchaser or seller of goods or services, so long as the Company determines in good faith that any such agreement is on terms not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be obtained in a comparable arms’-length transaction with an entity that is not an Affiliate;

(8) the issuance and sale of Qualified Capital Stock;

(9) any transaction effected in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

(10) pledges of equity interests of, or Obligations owing from, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(11) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of their obligations under the terms of, any customary registration rights agreement to which they are a party or become a party in the future;

(12) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an independent financial advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 4.11(a)(1);

(13) any contribution to the common equity capital of the Company;

(14) any transaction or series of transactions between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and any of their joint ventures; and

(15) any transaction or any agreement entered into pursuant to or in connection with the Transactions.

81

Section 4.12 Liens.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness on any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired, other than, in each case, Permitted Liens, unless:

(1) in the case of any Lien securing an Obligation that ranks pari passu with the Notes or a Subsidiary Guarantee, effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, at least equally and ratably with or prior to such Obligation with a Lien on the same properties or assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; and

(2) in the case of any Lien securing an Obligation that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Subsidiary Guarantee, effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, with a Lien on the same properties or assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that is prior to the Lien securing such subordinated obligation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lien securing the Notes granted pursuant to this Section 4.12 shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (a) the release by the holders of the Indebtedness described above of their Lien on the property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any deemed release upon payment in full of all obligations under such Indebtedness, except payment in full made with the proceeds from the foreclosure, sale or other realization from an enforcement on the collateral by the holders of the Indebtedness described above of their Lien), (b) any sale, exchange or transfer to any Person other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the property or assets secured by such Lien, or of all of the Capital Stock held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or all or substantially all of the assets of, any Restricted Subsidiary creating such Lien in each case in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, (c) payment in full of the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, the Notes, or (d) a defeasance or discharge of the Notes in accordance with Section 8 or Section 11.

Section 4.13 Corporate Existence.

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate together with a certificate of the Delaware Secretary of State reflecting the corporate conversion and re-naming of the Company within 10 Business Days after such conversion and re-naming is effective. Subject to Article 5, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect:

(1) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and

(2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

82

Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder of Notes, pursuant to which each such Holder will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will send a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee, to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC with the following information:

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Company;

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which date will be no earlier than 10 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

(3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Net Proceeds Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days before the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6) that, until the withdrawal deadline (or such later time and date as the Company may decide in its sole discretion), Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the withdrawal deadline, a facsimile, email transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(7) that if less than all of such Holder’s Notes are tendered for purchase, such Holder will be issued new Notes (or, in the case of global notes, such Notes shall be reduced by such amount of Notes that the Holder has tendered) and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that the unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to at least $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;

(8) if such notice is sent prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control in accordance with this Indenture, that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control, and that such purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that the Company shall determine that the occurrence of such Change of Control will not be satisfied or waived by the Change of Control Payment Date; and

83

(9) such other instructions, as determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 4.14, that a Holder must follow.

(b) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 4.14, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.14 by virtue of such compliance.

(c) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company.

The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

(d) The provisions of Section 4.14(a) that require the Company to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable regardless of whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.14, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer or (2) a notice of redemption has been given prior to the Change of Control pursuant to Section 3.07 unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control and conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement with respect to the Change of Control is in place at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

84

Section 4.15 [Reserved]

Section 4.16 Subsidiary Guarantees.

On March 24, 2022, the Company shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary that, as of the Issue Date, guarantees the Credit Agreement, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form attached as Exhibit F hereto pursuant to which each such Restricted Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture.

In addition, if the Company or any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) that Guarantees (a) the Credit Agreement (including, for avoidance of doubt, any refinancing or replacement thereof), (b) any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor incurred and outstanding pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt or (c) any series of capital markets debt securities of the Company or any Guarantor with an aggregate principal amount in excess of $50.0 million, then that newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary will become a Guarantor and, within twenty (20) Business Days of the date on which it provides a Guarantee described in the foregoing clauses (a), (b) and/or (c), as applicable, the Company shall cause such Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form attached as Exhibit F hereto pursuant to which such Domestic Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture; provided, however, that in no event shall any such supplemental indenture be required to be executed prior to March 24, 2022.

Section 4.17 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

The Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate and in accordance with the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” if the designation would not cause a Default. All outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the designated Unrestricted Subsidiary will be treated as an Investment made at the time of the designation. The amount of all such outstanding Investments will be the aggregate fair market value of such Investments at the time of the designation. The designation will not be permitted if such Investment would not be permitted as a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment at that time and if such Restricted Subsidiary does not otherwise meet the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by delivering an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions and the conditions set forth in the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and was permitted by Section 4.07.

If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet any of the requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09, the Company shall be in default of such Section 4.09.

The Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee certifying that such designation complied with the conditions of this paragraph; provided that such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if (1) either (a) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the

85

beginning of the four-quarter reference period, or (b) within 20 Business Days of such designation, such Indebtedness is repaid, defeased, satisfied or discharged, or otherwise does not constitute Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred to finance such repayment, defeasance, satisfaction or discharge would be permitted under such Section 4.09 as an original incurrence (and not a refinancing); and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Subsidiary of the Company shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary during any Suspension Period.

Section 4.18 Changes in Covenants when Notes are Rated Investment Grade.

If on any date following the Issue Date:

then beginning on that day and subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the sections specifically listed below will be suspended with respect to the Notes:

(1) Section 4.10 (Asset Sales);

(2) Section 4.07 (Restricted Payments);

(3) Section 4.09 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock);

(4) Clause (a)(3) of Section 5.01 (Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets);

(5) Section 4.08 (Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries); and

(6) Section 4.11 (Transactions with Affiliates)

(collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). The period during which covenants are suspended pursuant to this Section 4.18 is called the “Suspension Period.” The Company will notify the Trustee of the continuance and termination of any Suspension Period. The Trustee shall have no obligation to independently determine or verify if such events have occurred or notify the Holders of the continuance and termination of any Suspension Period. The Trustee may provide a copy of such notice to any Holder of Notes upon request.

In the event that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of this Section 4.18 and, subsequently, one of the Rating Agencies withdraws its ratings or downgrades the rating assigned to the Notes so that the Notes no longer have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies or a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will, from and after such date (the “Reinstatement Date”), again be subject to the Suspended Covenants. Notwithstanding the foregoing and any other provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall bear any liability with respect to the Suspended Covenants for, (a) any actions taken or

86

events occurring, or deemed to have been taken or to have occurred in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, during a Suspension Period (including without limitation any agreements, Liens, preferred stock, obligations (including Indebtedness), or of any other facts or circumstances or obligations that were incurred or otherwise came into existence during a Suspension Period), or (b) any actions required to be taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation entered into during a Suspension Period, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period.

In the event of any reinstatement of the Suspended Covenants, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified as having been Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(2) and all Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement will be calculated as though the limitations contained in Section 4.07 had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period.

For purposes of Section 4.08, on the Reinstatement Date, any consensual encumbrances or restrictions of the type specified in Section 4.08(a) entered into during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been in effect on the Issue Date, so that they are permitted under Section 4.08(b)(1).

For purposes of Section 4.11, any Affiliate Transaction entered into after the Reinstatement Date pursuant to a contract, agreement, loan, advance or guaranty with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company entered into during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been in effect as of the Issue Date for purposes of Section 4.11(b)(4).

During any period when the Suspended Covenants are suspended, the Company may not designate any of the Company’s Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this Indenture.

Section 4.19 The Transactions.

For the purposes of any calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow, Consolidated Net Income, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, or any other similar calculation or determination under this Indenture, for all periods prior to the consummation of the Separation and the Distribution, pro forma effect will be given to the Transactions being consummated on the Issue Date, and the Company’s Subsidiaries and the other Subsidiaries of Post, if any, that will become Subsidiaries of the Company as part of the Transactions will be deemed to have been Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company. In addition, with respect to any historical financial statements, financial ratios, financial calculations and/or financial performance of the Company for any period or partial period prior to the Issue Date, such historical financial statements, financial ratios, financial calculations and/or financial performance shall be deemed to be references to historical financial statements, financial ratios, financial calculations and/or financial performance, as applicable, of Old BRBR.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Indenture, no provision of this Indenture shall prevent the consummation of any of the Transactions, nor shall the Transactions give rise to any Default or Event of Default nor shall the consummation of any of the Transactions constitute the usage of any baskets hereunder.

Section 4.20 Limited Condition Transactions.

When calculating the availability under any basket or ratio under this Indenture or compliance with any provision of this Indenture in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction and any actions or transactions related thereto (including acquisitions, Investments, the incurrence or issuance of, or the prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance, or satisfaction of, Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or

87

Designated Preferred Stock and the use of proceeds thereof, the incurrence or consummation, as applicable, of Liens, repayments, Restricted Payments and Asset Sales), in each case, at the option of the Company (the Company’s election to exercise such option, an “LCT Election”), the date of determination for availability under any such basket or ratio and whether any such action or transaction is permitted (or any requirement or condition therefor is complied with or satisfied (including as to the absence of any continuing Default or Event of Default)) under this Indenture shall be deemed to be the date (the “LCT Test Date”) either (a) the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into (or, if applicable, the date of delivery of an irrevocable notice, declaration of a Restricted Payment, entry into a binding agreement or similar event), or (b) solely in connection with an acquisition to which the United Kingdom City Code on Takeovers and Mergers applies, the date on which a “Rule 2.7 announcement” of a firm intention to make an offer (or equivalent announcement in another jurisdiction) in respect of a target of a Limited Condition Transaction and, in each case, if, after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Transaction and any actions or transactions related thereto (including acquisitions, Investments, the incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock and the use of proceeds thereof, the incurrence or consummation, as applicable, of Liens, repayments, Restricted Payments and Asset Sales) and any related pro forma adjustments, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been permitted to take such actions or consummate such transactions on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratio, test or basket (and any related requirements and conditions), such ratio, test or basket (and any related requirements and conditions) shall be deemed to have been complied with (or satisfied) for all purposes (in the case of Indebtedness, for example, whether such Indebtedness is committed, issued or incurred at the LCT Test Date or at any time thereafter); provided, that (1) if financial statements for one or more subsequent fiscal quarters shall have become available, the Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to re-determine all such ratios, tests or baskets on the basis of such financial statements, in which case, such date of redetermination shall thereafter be deemed to be the applicable LCT Test Date for purposes of such ratios, tests or baskets, (2) except as contemplated in the foregoing clause (1), compliance with such ratios, tests or baskets (and any related requirements and conditions) shall not be determined or tested at any time after the applicable LCT Test Date for such Limited Condition Transaction and any actions or transactions related thereto (including acquisitions, Investments, the incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock and the use of proceeds thereof, the incurrence of Liens, repayments, Restricted Payments and Asset Sales) and (3) consolidated interest expense for purposes of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated using an assumed interest rate based on the indicative interest margin contained in any financing commitment documentation with respect to such Indebtedness or, if no such indicative interest margin exists, as reasonably determined by the Company in good faith.

For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company shall have made an LCT Election, (a) if any of the ratios, tests or baskets for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date would at any time after the LCT Test Date have been exceeded or otherwise failed to have been complied with as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio, test or basket, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated Cash Flow or Consolidated Total Assets of the Company or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, such baskets, tests or ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded or failed to have been complied with as a result of such fluctuations; (b) if any related requirements and conditions (including as to the absence of any continuing Default or Event of Default) for which compliance or satisfaction was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date would at any time after the LCT Test Date not have been complied with or satisfied (including due to the occurrence or continuation of a Default or Event of Default), such requirements and conditions will not be deemed to have been failed to be complied with or satisfied (and such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed not to have occurred or be continuing); and (c) in calculating the availability under any ratio, test or basket in connection with any action or transaction unrelated to such Limited Condition Transaction following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the

88

earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the date that the definitive agreement or date for redemption, purchase or repayment specified in an irrevocable notice for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated, expires or passes, as applicable, without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such ratio, test or basket shall be determined or tested on a pro forma basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of debt and the use of proceeds thereof (but without netting the cash proceeds thereof)) had been consummated.

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.

(a) The Company will not, directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets (determined on a consolidated basis) to any Person or group of affiliated Persons, or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to enter into any such transaction or transactions if such transaction or transactions, in the aggregate, would result in the sale, assignment transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any other Person or group of Persons unless:

(1) either:

(A) the Company shall be the surviving or continuing corporation or

(B) the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made (the “Surviving Entity”) is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership (including a limited partnership) or trust organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia (provided that if such Person is not a corporation, (i) a corporate Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia, or (ii) a corporation of which such Person is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia, is a co-issuer of the Notes or becomes a co-issuer of the Notes in connection therewith);

(2) the Surviving Entity, if applicable, expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee), executed and delivered to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium on (if any), and interest on, all of the Notes, and the performance of every covenant of the Notes and this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

(3) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction or series of transactions and the assumption contemplated by clause (2) above (including giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Debt, in each case, incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction), the Company or the Surviving Entity, as the case may be, shall (a) be able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Debt) pursuant to Section 4.09 or (b) have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available that is

89

equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available or a Consolidated Leverage Ratio that is equal to or less than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company, in each case immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition; provided, however, that this clause (3) shall not apply during any Suspension Period;

(4) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions and the assumption contemplated by clause (2) above (including, without limitation, giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Debt, in each case, incurred or anticipated to be incurred and any Lien granted in connection with or in respect of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(5) the Company or the Surviving Entity, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exceptions), each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture, complies with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) any merger of the Company with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction shall be permitted without regard to clause (3) of Section 5.01(a), (ii) any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted and (iii) any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets pursuant to or in connection with the Transactions shall be permitted.

For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

(b) Each Guarantor will not, and the Company will not cause or permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person other than the Company or any other Guarantor unless:

(1) if the Guarantor was a corporation or limited liability company under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, the entity formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guarantor) is a corporation or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia;

(2) such entity assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee;

(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

90

(4) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, the Company could satisfy the provisions of clause (a)(3) of this Section 5.01; provided, however, that this clause (4) shall not apply during any Suspension Period; and

(5) the Guarantor or the Surviving Entity, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exceptions), each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture, complies with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of Section 5.01(b) will not apply to any transaction pursuant to which such Guarantor is automatically released from its Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the provisions described under Section 10.04.

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted

(a) Upon any consolidation or merger of the Company or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01(a) in which the Company is not the continuing corporation, the Surviving Entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such Surviving Entity had been named as such and the Company shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; provided, however, that the Company shall not be released from its obligations under this Indenture or the Notes in the case of a lease.

(b) Upon any consolidation or merger of any Guarantor with or into any Person other than the Company or any other Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.01(b) and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. All of the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default.

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

(1) default for 30 consecutive days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes;

91

(2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes (including default in payment when due in connection with the purchase of Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or Net Proceeds Offer on the date specified for such payment in the applicable offer to purchase);

(3) default in the observance or performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or the Notes, which default continues for a period of 60 days after the Company receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders (with a copy to the Trustee) of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes;

(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default:

(A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on, if any, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity,

and, in the case of each of clauses (A) and (B), the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $75.0 million (excluding amounts bonded or covered by insurance), or more;

(5) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay non-appealable final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $75.0 million (excluding amounts covered by insurance or bonded), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed, for a period of more than 60 days after such judgments have become final and non-appealable and, in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

(6) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its Obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee if, and only if, in each such case, such default continues for 10 days;

(7) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

(A) commences a voluntary case,

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

92

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

(E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

(8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

(B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

(C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

Section 6.02 Acceleration.

If an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all amounts owing under the Notes to be due and payable immediately by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee, if given by Holders) specifying the Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration.”

Upon any such declaration, the aggregate principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes shall become immediately due and payable.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a notice of Default, notice of acceleration or instruction to the Trustee to provide a notice of Default or notice of acceleration may not be given by the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes (or any other action taken on the assertion of any Default) with respect to any action taken, and reported publicly or to Holders of the Notes, more than two years prior to such notice of Default, notice of acceleration or instruction to the Trustee to provide a notice of Default or notice of acceleration (or other action).

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes (except nonpayment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on the Notes that has become due solely because of the acceleration); provided the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances.

93

Any notice of Default, notice of acceleration or instruction to the Trustee to provide a notice of Default, notice of acceleration or take any other action (a “Noteholder Direction”) provided by any one or more Holders other than a Regulated Bank (each a “Directing Holder”) must be accompanied by a written representation from each such holder of Notes delivered to the Company and the Trustee that such Holder is not (or, in the case such Holder is DTC or its nominee, that such Holder is being instructed solely by beneficial owners that have represented to such Holder that they are not) Net Short (a “Position Representation”), which representation, in the case of a Noteholder Direction relating to the delivery of a notice of Default shall be deemed a continuing representation until the resulting Event of Default is cured or otherwise ceases to exist or the Notes are accelerated. If the holder of the Notes is a clearing system or a common safekeeper or its nominee, any Position Representation required hereunder shall be provided by the clearing system or the common safekeeper or its nominee or by the beneficial owner of an interest in such global Note after delivery to the Trustee of appropriate confirmation of beneficial ownership satisfactory to the Trustee. In addition, each Directing Holder is deemed, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, to covenant to provide the Company with such other information as the Company may reasonably request from time to time in order to verify the accuracy of such Holder’s Position Representation within five Business Days of request therefor (a “Verification Covenant”). The Trustee shall have no duty whatsoever to provide this information to the Company or to obtain this information for the Company. In any case in which the Holder is DTC or its nominee, any Position Representation or Verification Covenant required hereunder shall be provided by the beneficial owner of the Notes in lieu of DTC or its nominee, and DTC shall be entitled to conclusively rely on such Position Representation and Verification Covenant in delivering its direction to the Trustee.

If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Company determines in good faith that there is a reasonable basis to believe a Directing Holder was, at any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provides to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the Company has initiated litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such Directing Holder was, at such time, in breach of its Position Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to such Event of Default shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending a final and non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction on such matter. If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Company provides to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period with respect to any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending satisfaction of such Verification Covenant. Any breach of the Position Representation shall result in such Holder’s participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and, if, without the participation of such Holder, the percentage of Notes held by the remaining Holders that provided such Noteholder Direction would have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab initio, with the effect that such Event of Default shall be deemed never to have occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee shall be deemed not to have received such Noteholder Direction or any notice of such Default or Event of Default; provided, however, this shall not invalidate any indemnity or security provided by the Directing Holders to the Trustee which obligations shall continue to survive. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing requirements applicable to Noteholder Directions as defined above do not apply to any other directions given by Holders to the Trustee under this Indenture.

With their acquisition of the Notes, each Holder and subsequent purchaser of the Notes consents to the delivery of its Position Representation by the Trustee to the Company in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each Holder and subsequent purchaser of the Notes waives any and all claims, in law and/or in equity, against the Trustee and agrees not to commence any legal proceeding against the Trustee in

94

respect of, and agrees that the Trustee will not be liable for any action that the Trustee takes in accordance with this Indenture, or arising out of or in connection with following instructions or taking actions in accordance with a Noteholder Direction. The Company waives any and all claims, in law and/or in equity, against the Trustee, and agrees not to commence any legal proceeding against the Trustee in respect of, and agrees that the Trustee will not be liable for any action that the trustee takes in accordance with this Indenture, or arising out of or in connection with following instructions or taking actions in accordance with a Noteholder Direction.

Notwithstanding anything in the preceding two paragraphs to the contrary, any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee during the pendency of an Event of Default as the result of a bankruptcy or similar proceeding shall not require compliance with the preceding two paragraphs. In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, the preceding two paragraphs shall not apply to any holder that is a Regulated Bank. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely on any Noteholder Direction delivered to it in accordance with this Indenture, shall have no duty to inquire as to or investigate the accuracy of any Position Representation, enforce compliance with any Verification Covenant, verify any statements in any Officer’s Certificate delivered to it, or otherwise make calculations, investigations or determinations with respect to Derivative Instruments, Net Shorts, Long Derivative Instruments, Short Derivative Instruments or otherwise. The Trustee shall have no liability to the Company, any Holder or any other Person in acting in good faith on a Noteholder Direction. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee will treat all holders equally with respect to their rights under this Indenture. In connection with the requisite percentages required under this Indenture, the Trustee shall also treat all outstanding Notes equally irrespective of any Position Representation in determining whether the requisite percentage has been obtained with respect to the initial delivery of the Noteholder Direction. Any and all other actions that the Trustee takes or omits to take with respect to a Noteholder Direction and all fees, costs expenses of the Trustee and its agents and counsel arising hereunder and in connection herewith shall be covered by the Company’s indemnification obligations under the this Indenture.

Section 6.03 Other Remedies.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

95

Section 6.05 Control by Majority.

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any such directions are unduly prejudicial to such Holders) or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. The Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.

No Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee does not comply with such request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) during such 60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or the Guarantors for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, if any, and interest, if any, remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

96

Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company or the Guarantors (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10 Priorities.

After an Event of Default, any moneys or properties distributable in respect of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, or any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 6, shall be paid out or distributed in the following order:

First: to the Trustee (including any predecessor Trustee), its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.06, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, respectively; and

Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

97

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual notice, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money and other property held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers or duties hereunder.

98

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate or a certificate of the Secretary of the Company.

(f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(g) The permissive right of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty of the Trustee, and the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be within the discretion or power conferred upon it by this Indenture other than for its own negligence or willful misconduct.

(h) The Trustee shall not be required to take notice or be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge thereof, or the Trustee shall be specifically notified in writing of such Default or Event of Default by the Company or by the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including without limitation its right to be compensated, reimbursed, and indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each Agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(j) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation any act or provision of any present or future law or regulation or governmental authority, natural disaster, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, labor dispute, disease, epidemic or pandemic, quarantine, national emergency and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities,

99

communications or computer (software and hardware) services, communications system failure, malware or ransomware or other unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or facsimile or telex system or other funds transfer system or other wire or communication facility or unavailability of any securities clearing system; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

(k) The Trustee may request that the Company and the Guarantors deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

(l) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit), irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(m) The Trustee will not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness, or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it will be entitled to examine the books, records, and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(n) The transferor of any Note shall provide or cause to be provided to the Trustee all information necessary to allow the Trustee to comply with any applicable tax reporting obligations, including without limitation any cost basis reporting obligations under Section 6045 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Trustee may rely on information provided to it and shall have no responsibility to verify or ensure the accuracy of such information. In connection with any proposed exchange of a certificated Note for a Global Note, the Company or DTC shall be required to provide or cause to be provided to the Trustee all information necessary to allow the Trustee to comply with any applicable tax reporting obligations, including without limitation any cost basis reporting obligations under Section 6045 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Trustee may rely on information provided to it and shall have no responsibility to verify or ensure the accuracy of such information.

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest within the meaning of Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b), it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.09.

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes or Subsidiary Guarantees, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein

100

or any statement in the Notes or Subsidiary Guarantees or in the Offering Memorandum, any Formation Document, the Exchange Agreement, or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. Under no circumstances shall the Trustee be liable in its individual capacity for the obligations evidenced by the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees. The Trustee shall have no obligation to independently determine or verify if any event has occurred or notify the Holders of any event dependent upon the rating of the Notes, or if the rating on the Notes has been changed, suspended or withdrawn by any Rating Agency. The Trustee shall have no obligation to independently determine or verify if any Change of Control, Suspension Period or Reinstatement Date, or any other event, has occurred or notify the Holders of any such event.

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 7.06 Compensation and Indemnity.

(a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

(b) The Company and the Guarantors will jointly and severally indemnify the Trustee and its directors, officers, agents and employees against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses, incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.06) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its rights, powers or duties hereunder, and including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and court costs incurred in connection with any action, claim or suit brought to enforce the Trustee’s right to compensation, reimbursement or indemnification, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct as finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

(c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.06 will survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

(d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.06, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

101

(e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(8) or (9) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

(f) “Trustee” for the purposes of this Section 7.06 shall include any predecessor Trustee and the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder; provided, however, that the negligence or willful misconduct of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee hereunder.

Section 7.07 Replacement of Trustee.

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.07.

(b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time upon 30 days’ notice and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee upon 30 days’ notice and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee upon 30 days’ notice if:

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.09;

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.09, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all of the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will send a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will

102

promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.06. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.07, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.06 will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.08 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.09 Eligibility; Disqualification.

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all of their other obligations under such Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04;

(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust under Article 2 and Section 4.02;

103

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) this Article 8.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03.

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.16, 4.17 and 4.18 and clause (3) of Section 5.01(a) with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, Sections 6.01(3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) will not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03:

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (without consideration of any reinvestment of interest), in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exceptions) confirming that:

(A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

104

(B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exceptions) confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound (other than any such default under this Indenture resulting solely from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others; and

(7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exceptions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to Section 8.06, all money and non-callable U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

105

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06 Repayment to Company.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall, subject to applicable abandoned property law, be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

Section 8.07 Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02, without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

106

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Internal Revenue Code);

(3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s assets;

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder in any material respect;

(5) to add any Person as a Guarantor; provided any such supplemental indenture may be signed by the Company, the Guarantor providing the Subsidiary Guarantee and the Trustee;

(6) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(7) to remove a Guarantor which, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, ceases to be liable in respect of its Subsidiary Guarantee or to evidence the release of any Guarantor permitted to be released under the terms of this Indenture or to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental Indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes;

(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under this Indenture by a successor Trustee;

(9) to secure all of the Notes;

(10) to add to the covenants of the Company or any Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor;

(11) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes, or the Subsidiary Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes, or the Subsidiary Guarantees;

(12) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture; or

(13) to comply with the provisions of the Depositary or the Trustee with respect to Article II of this Indenture.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 7.02 and 9.05, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

107

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes.

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14) and the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 7.02 and 9.05, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any supplemental indenture hereto. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date which is 90 days after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; including the waiver of Defaults or Events of Default, or to a rescission and cancellation of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes;

108

(2) reduce the rate of or change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note;

(3) reduce the principal of or change or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14);

(4) make any Notes payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(5) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on the Notes on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment;

(6) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, the Notes; provided that this clause (6) shall not limit the right of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes to rescind and cancel a declaration of acceleration of the Notes following delivery of an acceleration notice as described in Section 6.02;

(7) contractually subordinate the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees to any other Indebtedness; or

(8) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized or approved it, or delegated authority to authorize or approve it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to

109

Section 7.01) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, and that it will be valid and binding upon the Company and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms.

ARTICLE 10

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

Section 10.01 Guarantee.

(a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

(1) the principal of, premium on, if any, and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, and interest on the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

(2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

(c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

(d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed

110

hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Subsidiary Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantee.

Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Subsidiary Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery of Supplemental Indenture for Subsidiary Guarantee.

To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor shall execute and deliver a supplemental indenture to this Indenture substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F, executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers. No endorsement or notation of any such Subsidiary Guarantee on any Note certificate shall be required in order for such Subsidiary Guarantee to become or remain in full force and effect.

If an Officer whose signature is on such supplemental indenture no longer holds that office, the Subsidiary Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Domestic Subsidiary after the Issue Date, if required by Section 4.16, the Company will cause such Domestic Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.16 and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

Section 10.04 Releases.

(a) Upon any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation), in a transaction not prohibited by Section 3.09, to any Person who is not (either before or after giving effect to the transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, such Guarantor will be automatically released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

(b) In connection with any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor, in a transaction not prohibited by Section 3.09 to any Person who is not (either before or after giving effect to the transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, such Guarantor will be automatically released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

111

(c) If any Guarantor merges with and into the Company, with the Company surviving such merger, such Guarantor will be automatically released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

(d) If any Guarantor is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with this Indenture or otherwise ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary (including by way of liquidation or dissolution) in a transaction permitted by this Indenture, such Guarantor will be automatically released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

(e) Upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 11, each Guarantor will be automatically released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

(f) (i) If such Guarantor no longer guarantees the Credit Agreement or any other Indebtedness described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of the second paragraph of Section 4.16 (other than as a result of the repayment in full of the Credit Agreement or such other Indebtedness or payment in respect of such guarantee of the Credit Agreement or such other Indebtedness in connection with any enforcement thereof) or (ii) if any Guarantor (A) no longer constitutes a Domestic Subsidiary or (B) is designated as an Excluded Subsidiary in accordance with this Indenture, then in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), such Guarantor will be automatically released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

(g) If it is determined in good faith by the Company that a liquidation, dissolution or merger out of existence of any Guarantor is in the best interests of the Company and is not materially disadvantageous to the holders, such Guarantor will be automatically released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

The Company will notify the Trustee if any Guarantor is released from its Subsidiary Guarantee. Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.04 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of, premium on, if any, and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

ARTICLE 11

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes issued hereunder, when:

(1) either:

(a) all Notes that have been authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from their trust as provided in this Indenture) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

112

(b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the sending of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year; and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof (in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee if U.S. Government Obligations are delivered), without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness (including all principal, accrued and unpaid interest, if any) on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(2) in respect of subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any similar deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(3) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

(4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exceptions) to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. After the conditions to discharge contained in this Article Eleven have been satisfied, and the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, and delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied, the Trustee upon the Company’s request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Indenture, subject to those obligations that survive.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.06, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

113

Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal, premium, if any, and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 11.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.01 [Reserved]

Section 12.02 Notices.

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or email transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

BellRing Distribution, LLC

2503 S. Hanley Road

St. Louis, MO 63144

Facsimile No.: (314) 925-1444

Attention: Craig Rosenthal and Paul Rode

E-mail: craig.rosenthal@bellringbrands.com and paul.rode@bellringbrands.com

With a copy to:

Lewis Rice LLC

600 Washington Ave., Suite 2500

St. Louis, MO 63101

Facsimile No.: (314) 612-7671

Attention: Tom W. Zook

If to the Trustee:

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

c/o Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

CTSO Mail Operations

600 South Fourth Street, 7th Floor

MAC N9300-070

Minneapolis, MN 55415

Attention: Corporate Trust Services – BellRing Administrator

114

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a Global Note, such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee), pursuant to the applicable procedures of such Depositary, if any, prescribed for the giving of such notice.

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

The Trustee shall have the right, but shall not be required, to rely upon and comply with instructions and directions sent by e-mail, facsimile and other similar unsecured electronic methods by persons believed by the Trustee to be authorized to give instructions and directions on behalf of the Company, the Guarantors or any Person. The Trustee shall have no duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the Person who sent such instructions or directions is, in fact, a Person authorized to give instructions or directions on behalf of the Company or the Guarantors; and the Trustee shall have no liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by the Company or the Guarantors as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions or directions. The Company or the Guarantors agree to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including, without limitation, the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.

Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

Holders may communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.

Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) an Officer’s Certificate (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

115

(2) an Opinion of Counsel (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with; provided, however, that no such Opinion of Counsel shall be required to be delivered in connection with the authentication of Initial Notes that are originally issued on the Issue Date. Such counsel may rely on representations, warranties and certificates of other Persons as to matters of fact, and may qualify the Opinion of Counsel with customary assumptions and exceptions.

Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate pursuant to Section 4.04) must include:

(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, such Person has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders.

No past, present or future director, officer, manager, member, employee, agent, partner, incorporator shareholder or unitholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 12.08 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial.

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

116

Section 12.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 12.10 Successors.

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.04.

Section 12.11 Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 12.12 Counterpart Originals, Electronic Signatures.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. This Indenture shall be valid, binding, and enforceable against a party when executed and delivered by an authorized individual on behalf of the party by means of (i) an original manual signature; (ii) a faxed, scanned, or photocopied manual signature; or (iii) any other electronic signature permitted by the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, state enactments of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, and/or any other relevant electronic signatures law, including any relevant provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code (collectively, “Signature Law”), in each case to the extent applicable. Each faxed, scanned, or photocopied manual signature, or other electronic signature, shall for all purposes have the same validity, legal effect, and admissibility in evidence as an original manual signature. Each party hereto shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon, and shall have no liability with respect to, any faxed, scanned, or photocopied manual signature, or other electronic signature, of any other party and shall have no duty to investigate, confirm or otherwise verify the validity or authenticity thereof. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall, together, constitute one and the same instrument. For the avoidance of doubt, original manual signatures shall be used for execution or indorsement of writings when required under the Uniform Commercial Code or other Signature Law due to the character or intended character of the writings.

Section 12.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The table of contents and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

117

Section 12.14 U.S.A Patriot Act.

The Company acknowledges that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.

[Signatures on following page]

118

SIGNATURES

Dated as of March 10, 2022

[INDENTURE]

[INDENTURE]

EXHIBIT A

[Face of Note]

CUSIP ____________

ISIN ____________

7.00% Senior Notes due 2030

BELLRING DISTRIBUTION, LLC

promises to pay              to or registered assigns,

the principal sum of _______________________________________________________________________________________ DOLLARS[*] on March 15, 2030.

Interest Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15

Record Dates: March 1 and September 1

Dated: ___________________

[*As such amount may be increased or decreased by the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto]

This is one of the Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Indenture:

Dated: _______________________

A-1

[Back of Note]

7.00% Senior Notes due 2030

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) INTEREST. BellRing Distribution, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7.00% per annum from _______________ until maturity. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing September 15, 2022 (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that, if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be _____________. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. If any Interest Payment Date, the maturity date, any redemption date, or any earlier required repurchase date of a Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the required payment will be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest on such payment will accrue in respect of the delay.

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the March 1 and September 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of, premium on, if any, and interest on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

(3) PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to the Holders of the Notes. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

A-2

(4) INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of March 10, 2022 (the “Indenture”) between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and by acceptance hereof, in accordance with the Indenture, Holders agree to be bound by all of such terms as they may be amended from time to time. Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder.

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) Except as provided in this paragraph (5), the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to March 15, 2027.

(b) At any time prior to March 15, 2027, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 10 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the Applicable Premium promptly after the calculation, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for such calculation.

(c) On or after March 15, 2027, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 10 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount of the Notes) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on March 15 of the years indicated below:

If an optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Persons in whose name the Notes are registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Net Proceeds Offer, if not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes are validly tendered and not withdrawn in such offer and the Company, or any third party making such offer in lieu of the Company, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn, the Company or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 days’ nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 10 days following such purchase date, to redeem (and the Holders of the remaining Notes shall be deemed to have agreed to surrender) all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price equal to 101% (in the case of a Change of Control Offer) or 100% (in the case of a Net Proceeds Offer) of the principal amount thereof in such offer, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the date of such redemption.

A-3

The Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

(6) MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

(7) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDER.

(a) If there is a Change of Control, the Company will be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within ten days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

(b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, within 25 days following any Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date (subject to Section 4.10(e) of the Indenture), a Net Proceeds Offer shall be sent to the record Holder as shown on the register of Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. Any Net Proceeds Offer shall comply with the procedures set forth in Sections 3.09 and 4.10 of the Indenture. Upon completion of any such Net Proceeds Offer, the Net Proceeds Offer Amount shall be reset at zero. Holders of Notes that are the subject of a Net Proceeds Offer may, prior to any related Purchase Date, elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes.

(8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. At least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 thereof. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in minimum amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed or purchased

(9) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

A-4

(10) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered Holders have rights under the Indenture.

(11) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be amended or supplemented in accordance with Article 9 of the Indenture.

(12) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Notes are subject to the Events of Default and remedies set forth in Article 6 of the Indenture. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

(13) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

(14) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, agent, manager, partner, member, incorporator, shareholder or unitholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(15) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

(16) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(17) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(18) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

BellRing Distribution, LLC

2503 S. Hanley Road

St. Louis, MO 63144

Attention: Corporate Secretary

A-5

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note No. [__], fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note No. [__] to:                                                                                                                                    

(Insert assignee’s legal name)                                                                                                  

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                                         to transfer this Note No. [__] on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: _______________

Signature Guarantee*: _________________________

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-6

Option of Holder to Elect Purchase

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

¬Section 4.10                     ¬Section 4.14

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$_______________

Date: _______________

Signature Guarantee*: _________________________

A-7

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE *

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

A-8

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

BellRing Distribution, LLC

2503 S. Hanley Road

St. Louis, MO 63144

Attention: Corporate Secretary

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

c/o Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Corporate Trust Operations

600 Fourth Street South

MAC N9300-070, 7th Floor

Minneapolis, MN 55415

Phone: 1-800-344-5128

Fax: 1-866-969-1290

Email: dapsreorg@wellsfargo.com

Re: [fill in full title of securities]

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 10, 2022 (the “Indenture”), between BellRing Distribution, LLC, as issuer (the “Company”), and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

___________________, (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $___________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to ___________________________ (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

2. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside of the United States or such Transferor and

B-1

any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside of the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. ☐ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) ☐ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b) ☐ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) ☐ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

or

(d) ☐ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor, an Initial Purchaser or any corporate parent of the Company, and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) if such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor, a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

B-2

4. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

(a) ☐ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) ☐ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) ☐ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

5. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Restricted Global Note as registered Holder thereof. Such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred Restricted Global Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

Dated: _______________________

B-3

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

(a) ☐ a beneficial interest in the:

(i) ☐ 144A Global Note (CUSIP _________), or

(ii) ☐ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP _________), or

(iii) ☐ IAI Global Note (CUSIP _________); or

(b) ☐ a Restricted Definitive Note.

[CHECK ONE]

(a) ☐ a beneficial interest in the:

(i) ☐ 144A Global Note (CUSIP _________), or

(ii) ☐ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP _________), or

(iii) ☐ IAI Global Note (CUSIP _________), or

(iv) ☐ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP _________); or

(b) ☐ a Restricted Definitive Note; or

(c) ☐ an Unrestricted Definitive Note; or

(c) ☐ a Restricted Global Note as registered Holder thereof;

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-4

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

BellRing Distribution, LLC

2503 S. Hanley Road

St. Louis, MO 63144

Attention: Corporate Secretary

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

c/o Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Corporate Trust Operations

600 Fourth Street South

MAC N9300-070, 7th Floor

Minneapolis, MN 55415

Phone: 1-800-344-5128

Fax: 1-866-969-1290

Email: dapsreorg@wellsfargo.com

Re: [fill in full title of securities]

(CUSIP [             ])

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 10, 2022 (the “Indenture”), between BellRing Distribution, LLC, as issuer (the “Company”), and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

__________________________, (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $____________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

(a) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(b) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

C-1

(c) ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(d) ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

(a) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

(b) ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] ☐ 144A Global Note, ☐ Regulation S Global Note, ☐ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

C-2

Dated: ______________________

C-3

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

BellRing Distribution, LLC

2503 S. Hanley Road

St. Louis, MO 63144

Attention: Corporate Secretary

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

c/o Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Corporate Trust Operations

600 Fourth Street South

MAC N9300-070, 7th Floor

Minneapolis, MN 55415

Phone: 1-800-344-5128

Fax: 1-866-969-1290

Email: dapsreorg@wellsfargo.com

Re: [fill in full title of securities]

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 10, 2022 (the “Indenture”), between BellRing Distribution, LLC, as issuer (the “Company”), and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

In connection with our proposed purchase of $____________ aggregate principal amount of:

(a) ☐ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

(b) ☐ a Definitive Note,

we confirm that:

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside of the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

D-1

3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

Dated: _______________________

D-2

EXHIBIT E

[RESERVED]

E-1

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of ________________, among __________________ (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of BellRing Brands, Inc. (formerly BellRing Distribution, LLC) (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Company, and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of March 10, 2022 providing for the issuance of 7.00% Senior Notes due 2030 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Subsidiary Guarantee”);

WHEREAS, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture to provide its Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with Article 10 of the Indenture and all things necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture a valid agreement of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, in accordance with the terms thereof, have been done; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of each other and the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Subsidiary Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof.

4. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, agent, manager, partner, member, incorporator, shareholder or unitholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

5. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

F-1

6. COUNTERPARTS, ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. This Supplemental Indenture shall be valid, binding, and enforceable against a party when executed and delivered by an authorized individual on behalf of the party by means of (i) an original manual signature; (ii) a faxed, scanned, or photocopied manual signature; or (iii) any other electronic signature permitted by the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, state enactments of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, and/or any other relevant electronic signatures law, including any relevant provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code (collectively, “Signature Law”), in each case to the extent applicable. Each faxed, scanned, or photocopied manual signature, or other electronic signature, shall for all purposes have the same validity, legal effect, and admissibility in evidence as an original manual signature. Each party hereto shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon, and shall have no liability with respect to, any faxed, scanned, or photocopied manual signature, or other electronic signature, of any other party and shall have no duty to investigate, confirm or otherwise verify the validity or authenticity thereof. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall, together, constitute one and the same instrument. For the avoidance of doubt, original manual signatures shall be used for execution or indorsement of writings when required under the Uniform Commercial Code or other Signature Law due to the character or intended character of the writings.

7. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

8. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantee or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. All of the provisions contained in the Indenture in respect of the rights, privileges, immunities, powers, and duties of the Trustee shall be applicable in respect of this Supplemental Indenture as fully and with like force and effect as though fully set forth in full herein.

F-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

Dated: _______________,

F-3

Exhibit 10.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of March 10, 2022 (the “Effective Date”), is made by and among Post Holdings, Inc., a Missouri corporation (“Post”), BellRing Intermediate Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Old BellRing”), BellRing Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“New BellRing”), and BellRing Brands, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“BellRing, LLC”).

RECITALS

A. Old BellRing, Post, New BellRing (as successor to BellRing Distribution LLC) and BellRing Merger Sub Corporation are parties to that certain Transaction Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 26, 2021, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to the Transaction Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 28, 2022 (as it may be further amended from time to time, the “Transaction Agreement”).

B. As part of the transactions described in the Transaction Agreement, the parties have agreed to amend and restate that certain Master Services Agreement dated as of October 21, 2019 (the “Original Agreement”) and for Post to continue to provide, or cause to be provided, certain services to New BellRing and its Subsidiaries from and after the Effective Date for set periods of time not to exceed three (3) years upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby approve and adopt this Agreement and mutually covenant and agree with each other as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS; INTERPRETATION; CONSTRUCTION

Section 1.1 Certain Defined Terms. For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meaning set forth below:

“Action” shall mean any demand, action, claim, dispute, suit, countersuit, arbitration, inquiry, subpoena, proceeding or investigation of any nature (whether criminal, civil, legislative, administrative, regulatory, prosecutorial or otherwise) by or before any federal, state, local, foreign or international Governmental Authority or any arbitration or mediation tribunal.

“Affiliate” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified Person, a Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified Person. For the purpose of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), when used with respect to any specified Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract, agreement, obligation, indenture, instrument, lease, promise, arrangement, release, warranty, commitment, undertaking or otherwise.

“Applicable Law” shall mean any Law(s) in any jurisdiction applicable to a given activity, service, situation, circumstance, Service Provider, Recipient, other Person or provider, this Agreement or the rights, obligations and benefits of the parties hereunder, including the performance or receipt of any Service hereunder.

1

“Business Day” means any day except any Saturday, any Sunday, any day which is a federal legal holiday in the United States or any day on which banking institutions in St. Louis, Missouri are authorized or required by Applicable Law or other governmental action to close.

“Data Protection Laws” mean collectively any applicable data protection, privacy or similar laws applicable to the processing of Personal Data in the jurisdiction where Services are performed and/or applicable to the Personal Data processed as part of the Services as the same may change from time to time, including, as applicable, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”), the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLBA”), the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, (“CCPA”), the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act (from and after January 1, 2023) (the “VCDPA”), the Colorado Privacy Act (from and after July 1, 2023) (the “CoPA”), the European Union General Data Protection Regulation, (EU) 2016/679 (“GDPR”), the UK General Data Protection Regulation (“UK GDPR”), Canada’s Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (“PIPEDA”), all state and local laws requiring notice of breaches involving Personal Data and any and all orders, rules and regulations promulgated under any of the foregoing, all as the same have been amended and may be amended in the future.

“Governmental Authority” shall mean any nation or government, any state, municipality or other political subdivision thereof and any entity, body, agency, commission, department, board, bureau, court, tribunal or other instrumentality, whether federal, state, local, domestic, foreign or multinational, exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other similar functions of, or pertaining to, a government and any executive official thereof.

“Intellectual Property Rights” shall mean all common law and statutory rights anywhere in the world arising under or associated with: (i) patents and similar or equivalent rights in inventions and applications and rights or claims of priority therefor, including international applications under the Patent Cooperation Treaty; (ii) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, service names, trade dress, logos and other identifiers of the source or origin of goods and services and all statutory, common law and rights provided by international treaties or conventions in any of the foregoing; (iii) trade secret and industrial secret rights and rights in confidential information; (iv) copyrights and any other equivalent rights in works of authorship (including Software); (v) rights in domain names, uniform resource locators and other names and locators associated with Internet addresses and sites; (vi) applications for, registrations of and divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, reissuances, renewals, extensions, restorations and reversions of the foregoing (as applicable); and (vii) all other similar or equivalent intellectual property or proprietary rights anywhere in the world .

“Law” shall mean any national, supranational, federal, state, provincial, local or similar law (including common law), statute, code, order, ordinance, rule, regulation, treaty (including any tax treaty), license, permit, authorization, approval, consent, decree, injunction, binding judicial or administrative interpretation or other requirement, in each case, enacted, promulgated, issued or entered by a Governmental Authority.

“Liabilities” shall mean any and all debts, guarantees, assurances, commitments, liabilities, responsibilities, Losses, remediation, deficiencies, damages, fines, penalties, settlements, sanctions, costs, expenses, interest and obligations of any nature or kind, whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, accrued or not accrued, asserted or unasserted, liquidated or unliquidated, foreseen or unforeseen, known or unknown, reserved or unreserved or determined or determinable, including those arising under any Law, claim (including any third party claim), demand, Action or order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation, determination or award entered by or with any Governmental Authority or arbitration tribunal, or those arising under any contract, agreement, obligation, indenture, instrument, lease, promise, arrangement, release, warranty, commitment or undertaking, or any fines, damages or equitable relief that is imposed, in each case, including all costs and expenses relating thereto.

“Losses” shall mean actual losses, costs, damages, penalties and expenses (including reasonable and documented outside legal and accounting fees and expenses and costs of investigation and litigation, including all court costs, expert witness fees and other litigation expenses).

2

“Person” shall mean an individual, a general or limited partnership, a corporation, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, a limited liability entity, any other entity and any Governmental Authority.

“Personal Data” shall mean any data or information processed pursuant to this Agreement which may be used, alone or in conjunction with any other data or information, to identify a specific person or household or to make a specific person or household identifiable, including, without limitation, any (1) name, social security number, date of birth, official state or government issued driver’s license or identification number, alien registration number, government passport number, employer or taxpayer identification number; (2) unique biometric data, such as fingerprint, voice print, retina, iris image, or other unique physical representation; (3) unique electronic identification number, address, or routing code; or (4) telecommunication identifying information or access device. “Personal Data” includes, without limitation, any and all data or information that constitutes “personal data”, “personal information”, “personally identifiable information” or similar term under any applicable Data Protection Law.

“Post Change of Control” shall mean, with regard to Post, a “Change in Control” as defined in the Post Holdings, Inc. 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan except that the requirement in such definition that an event described therein must also constitute a “change in control event” under Section 409A of the Code shall not apply to, or be required to be considered, a “Post Change of Control” for the purposes of this Agreement.

“Processing” shall mean any operation or set of operations which is performed on personal data or on sets of Personal Data, whether or not by automated means, such as collection, recording, organization, structuring, storage, adaptation or alteration, retrieval, consultation, use, disclosure by transmission, dissemination or otherwise making available, alignment or combination, restriction, erasure or destruction.

“Recipient” shall mean, as applicable, New BellRing or one of its Subsidiaries to the extent any such entity is receiving Services pursuant to this Agreement.

“Recipient Change of Control” of New BellRing and the other Recipients shall have occurred in the event any transaction or series of transactions (however structured or evidenced) is/are consummated:

(a) involve(s) the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of New BellRing and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or

(b) which (i) result(s) in a Recipient no longer being a direct or indirect Subsidiary of New BellRing or (ii) involve(s) the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Recipient.

“Recipient Data” means any data or information of Recipient whether used, utilized or disclosed to Service Provider in connection with the Services or not.

“Representatives” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s directors, officers, members, managers, employees, agents, consultants, advisors, accountants, attorneys, financing sources or other representatives.

“Service Provider” shall mean Post or one of its Affiliates to the extent such entity is providing Services pursuant to this Agreement.

“Service Provider Data” means any data or information of Service Provider whether used, utilized or disclosed to Recipient in connection with the Services or not.

“Services” shall mean the services described on the schedules forming Exhibit A, attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (collectively, the “Services Schedules” and each a “Services Schedule”).

3

“Software” shall mean any and all (a) computer programs, including any and all software implementation of algorithms, models and methodologies, whether in source code, object code, human readable form or other form, (b) databases and compilations, including any and all data and collections of data, whether machine readable or otherwise, (c) descriptions, flow charts and other work products used to design, plan, organize and develop any of the foregoing, (d) screens, user interfaces, report formats, firmware, development tools, templates, menus, buttons and icons and (e) documentation, including user manuals and other training documentation, relating to any of the foregoing.

“Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, joint venture, partnership or other entity of which such Person (a) beneficially owns, either directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of (i) the total combined voting power of all classes of voting securities, (ii) the total combined equity interests or (iii) the capital or profit interests, in the case of a partnership, or (b) otherwise has the power to vote, either directly or indirectly, sufficient securities to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar governing body.

Section 1.2 Interpretive Matters.

(a) Except as otherwise provided or unless the context otherwise requires, whenever used in this Agreement, (i) any noun or pronoun shall be deemed to include the plural and the singular, (ii) the use of masculine pronouns shall include the feminine and neuter, (iii) the terms “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” (iv) the word “or” shall be inclusive and not exclusive, (v) all references to Sections refer to the Sections of this Agreement, and all references to Exhibits refer to the Exhibits attached to this Agreement, (vi) each reference to “herein” means a reference to “in this Agreement,” (vii) each reference to “$” or “dollars” shall be to United States dollars, (viii) each reference to “days” shall be to calendar days, (ix) the word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” shall mean the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase shall not mean simply “if”, (x) each reference to any contract or agreement shall be to such contract or agreement as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, (xi) unless expressly provided otherwise, the measure of a period of one month or year for purposes of this Agreement shall be that date of the following month or year corresponding to the starting date; provided that if no corresponding date exists, the measure shall be that date of the following month or year corresponding to the next day following the starting date (for example, one month following February 18 is March 18, and one month following March 31 is May 1), (xii) a reference to an entity includes any successor entity, whether by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination and (xiii) if any payment required to be made hereunder is required to be made on a day that is not a Business Day, then, instead of such day, such payment shall be made on the immediately succeeding Business Day.

(b) The headings contained in this Agreement and in any Exhibit hereto are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed according to their fair meaning and neither for nor against any party hereto irrespective of which party caused such provisions to be drafted. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that it has been represented by an attorney in connection with the preparation and execution of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

SERVICES

Section 2.1 Services and Contracts.

(a) Services. Service Provider shall provide, or cause to be provided, to Recipient(s), the Services described in Exhibit A, all at the direction of Recipient(s). For each Service, Exhibit A sets forth, among other things, a description of the Service to be provided, the fees to be paid in respect thereof, and, if applicable, any other terms or standards applicable thereto. Unless otherwise provided in a Services Schedule, each Service shall be provided for the Term (as such term is defined below).

4

(b) Contracts. Post and its Subsidiaries have certain contracts or agreements under which it and its Affiliates (including, prior to the Merger Effective Time, Old BellRing and BellRing LLC and its Subsidiaries) may purchase, procure, use or utilize goods and/or services (collectively the “Shared Contracts” and each individually a “Shared Contract”). Shared Contracts will change from time to time in the ordinary course of Post’s and the applicable Affiliate’s business, and none of Post or any of its Affiliates are obligated to have or maintain any, or any certain, Shared Contract(s) during the Term. Subject to the receipt of the applicable Required Consent as described in Section 2.6, the parties may agree that certain of these Shared Contracts may continue to be utilized for the benefit of Recipient after the Effective Date for a transition period not to exceed the Term until (1) Recipient obtains contracts in its own name with third party vendors or (2) Service Provider is no longer able to utilize such Shared Contracts for the benefit of Recipient. All fees, costs and expenses associated with Recipient’s receipt of any goods and/or services under the Shared Contracts that are incurred by Service Provider shall be reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses passed-through to and payable by Recipient pursuant to Section 4.1.

Section 2.2 Modification of Existing Services.

(a) From time to time, Recipient or Service Provider may desire to implement changes to the Services if not otherwise specifically precluded in the Services Schedules. In such case, the requesting party will notify the other party through its Service Manager (as defined below) of the desired change. The parties will discuss in good faith the nature of the modification to the Services and any resulting changes in fees, costs, specifications and scheduling. In no event shall Service Provider be obligated to support or implement changes to the Services (including, without limitation, as it relates to changes in employee benefit plan/program design). Changes to Services will only be effective upon the mutual written agreement of the parties.

(b) The Services provided hereunder and Service Provider’s ability to perform such Services are based and contingent upon Recipient (i) not owning or operating any manufacturing facilities other than those owned by Active Nutrition International GmbH (“ANI”) as of the Effective Date; (ii) not owning or directly operating any information technology servers other than those owned by ANI as of the Effective Date (the “IT Servers Assumption”) and (iii) not having its own data center other than those owned by ANI as of the Effective Date (collectively, the “Assumptions”). Recipient shall provide Service Provider with written notice of any contemplated change to any of the Assumptions during the Term no less than ninety (90) days prior to (or, if providing such ninety (90) day notice is not practicable, reasonably in advance of) such change taking effect. Upon receipt of such notice, Service Provider will in good faith determine whether or not it can continue to perform some or all of the Services as then currently performed and, if not, Service Provider has the right, which may be exercised through delivery of written notice to New BellRing, to either (1) modify the affected Services, the security obligations in Exhibit B and/or the Security Standards in Exhibit C or the fees for the affected Services as a result of such change in the Assumptions or (2) terminate all of the Services or the affected Services as a result of such change in the Assumptions; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any change in the IT Servers Assumption, Service Provider’s right to modify Services, modify fees for Services and terminate Services pursuant to this sentence shall only apply in respect of the Services described in the IT portion of the Services Schedule and any other Services that Service Provider reasonably believes, in good faith, are impossible, impracticable or pose too great of security risk to continue to perform as a result of the change. If Recipient is unwilling to agree to the modification of affected Services or fees described in subclause (1) in the preceding sentence, Recipient may terminate such modified Service pursuant to Section 11.1 below.

Section 2.3 Subcontractors; Service Providers. The Services may, at Service Provider’s sole discretion, be provided in whole or in part by Affiliates of Service Provider or by third party subcontractors or service providers selected by Service Provider, provided that, Service Provider shall (a) use commercially reasonable efforts to provide written notice to Recipient of the use of any new third party subcontractor or service provider at least five (5) Business Days prior to the commencement of the provision of Services by such subcontractor or service provider; provided, however, that Service Provider shall have no liability for failure to timely provide such written notice unless Recipient is actually harmed by such failure to timely provide such notice, and

5

(b) retain responsibility for the provision to Recipient of the Services regardless of whether a Service is performed by Service Provider’s Affiliate, third party subcontractor or third party service provider.

Section 2.4 Personnel. All Service Provider’s (or its Affiliates’, third party contractors’ or service providers’) personnel (“Service Provider Personnel”) providing Services under this Agreement will be under the direction, control, and supervision of Service Provider, and Service Provider will have the sole right to exercise all authority with respect to the employment, termination, assignment and compensation of Service Provider Personnel. Service Provider is not obligated to hire any additional employees or maintain the employment of any specific employee, and to the extent a Services Schedule is priced to include additional employees assigned to support various Services, to the extent Service Provider determines to staff Services with different or existing employees rather than assign new employees to perform Services, it shall be permitted to do so; provided, however, that, in no such instances shall such determination by the Service Provider result in any non-de minimis increase, whether individually or in the aggregate, in the pricing set forth in the applicable Services Schedule(s). All Service Provider Personnel providing Services under this Agreement will be deemed to be representatives solely of Service Provider (or such Affiliates, third party contractors or service providers) for purposes of all compensation and (as applicable) employee benefits and not to be employees or representatives of Recipient.

Section 2.5 Compliance with Policies; Safety of Personnel. Recipient acknowledges that Service Provider has instituted and may continue to institute and revise a variety of policies and procedures related to its operations and the provision of the Services. Service Provider shall perform all Services in a manner that is consistent with such policies and procedures of Service Provider and any reasonable policies and procedures of Recipient to the extent that (i) such policies and procedures of Recipient have been provided to Service Provider, (ii) such policies and procedures of Recipient do not conflict with, and are generally consistent with, Service Provider’s own policies and procedures and (iii) the subject Services are not also being jointly performed for Post or one or more of Post’s Affiliates. To the extent Services are performed onsite at Recipient’s place(s) of business, (i) Service Provider will comply with any health, safety and/or security policies and procedures applicable to such place of business so long as Recipient has provided such policies and procedures for Service Provider’s review prior to the same being enforced against Service Provider or any Service Provider Personnel and (ii) Service Provider may withdraw any Service Provider Personnel providing Services at any Recipient place of business if Service Provider has a reasonable opinion that such Service Provider Personnel face any risk to their personal safety, security or health.

Section 2.6 Third Party Costs and Consents. The parties will work together to obtain any consents required for the provision of the Services for Recipient by the applicable Service Provider hereunder (the “Required Consents”). Recipient shall directly pay, or shall reimburse Service Provider for, any amounts that are required to be paid to any licensors or third party providers in order to obtain the Required Consents that are necessary for the provision of the Services to Recipient, including without limitation, any consent or documentation fees. The parties further agree that the costs associated with the purchase or maintenance of additional licenses or use rights required for Recipient to use or utilize a given product or service that is being provided as a Service hereunder will be reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses paid by Recipient pursuant to Section 4.1(a). Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or the Transaction Agreement, (a) Service Provider shall not be required to provide any Services to the extent that a Required Consent is needed for such Services and such Required Consent has not been, or cannot be, obtained despite Service Provider’s commercially reasonable attempts to do so, or if providing such Services would otherwise violate the terms of any of Service Provider’s agreements with its third party providers and (b) prior to the payment for, or incurrence of, any expense, fee or other amount required to be borne by Recipient for a Required Consent pursuant to this Section 2.6 (which, if not then known, may be based off of the Service Provider’s reasonable good faith estimated as to the expense, fee or other amount), Service Provider shall notify Recipient of such expense, fee or other amount in writing and Recipient may, at Recipient’s sole discretion, elect not to receive the Service for which the applicable Required Consent is required and, in such case, shall not be responsible for any such expense, fee or other amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (x) Service Provider is not able to obtain any such Required Consent, despite Service Provider’s commercially reasonable attempts to do so or (y) Recipient elects not to receive a Service

6

pursuant to clause (b) of the immediately preceding sentence, Service Provider shall promptly notify Recipient thereof (in the case of clause (a)) and the parties will work together to arrange an alternative means of providing such Service or for Recipient to receive the Service, which may include Recipient obtaining replacement services directly from a third party provider, all at Recipient’s expense.

Section 2.7 Underlying Contract and Shared Contract Compliance.

(a) The parties acknowledge and agree that Service Provider will be utilizing certain assets, Intellectual Property Rights and technologies, including, without limitation, Software, owned or licensed by Service Provider in the performance of the Services and that, in the receipt and utilization of such Services, Recipient may utilize, access or use such assets, Intellectual Property Rights and technologies, including, without limitation, Software (collectively, “Service Provider Assets”). Except as necessary for the receipt and utilization of the Services hereunder and as may be granted with regard to Shared Contracts, nothing herein shall grant Recipient or any of its Subsidiaries any ownership interest or license in or to such Service Provider Assets. Recipient and each of its Subsidiaries shall comply with each agreement, license or other contract between Service Provider and the applicable vendor or third party service provider related to the Service Provider Assets (collectively the “Underlying Contracts”) utilized, accessed or used by Recipient and the given Subsidiary in its receipt and utilization of the Services hereunder to the extent that the terms of any such Underlying Contract would be applicable to Recipient in its capacity as a recipient of Services pursuant to this Agreement. Recipient and each of its Subsidiaries shall comply with each Shared Contract to the extent that such Shared Contract is utilized by Recipient or such Subsidiary. Service Provider and each of its Affiliates shall comply with each Underlying Contract and each Shared Contract to the extent such Underlying Contract or Shared Contract is applicable to Service Provider or such Affiliate.

(b) Upon Recipient’s request, at Service Provider’s option, either a copy of each Underlying Contract and each Shared Contract shall be made available to Recipient (with any information reasonably considered by Service Provider to be proprietary or confidential redacted) or a summary of the substantive purchase, license or use terms of the applicable Underlying Contract or Shared Contract that are utilized by Recipient or its Subsidiary shall be made available to Recipient; provided, however, that in no event shall Service Provider be required to disclose an Underlying Contract or Shared Contract or provide a summary thereof, as applicable, to the extent that Service Provider is, in its reasonable, good faith judgment, prohibited by the applicable contract or vendor arrangement from disclosing such Underlying Contact or Shared Contract or providing a summary thereof, as applicable; provided, further, that should Recipient breach any Underlying Contract or Shared Contract that could not be provided to Recipient in accordance with the immediately preceding proviso of this sentence, Service Provider shall provide Recipient written notice of such breach and a reasonable period (based upon the facts and circumstances of the particular breach) to cure such breach prior to seeking any rights or remedies, including, but not limited to, indemnification under Section 8.1, available to Service Provider as a result of such breach.

Section 2.8 Services Managers. Service Provider and Recipient shall select one or more service managers (each a “Service Manager”) to act as its primary contact person(s) for the provision or receipt, as applicable, of the Services. Communications relating to the provision of the particular Services shall be directed to the applicable Service Manager of the other party. A party may change a Service Manager upon prior written notice to the other party, provided, however, that, before assigning a new Service Manager, such party will notify the other of the proposed assignment, introduce the individual to the appropriate representatives of the other party and provide such party with any information regarding the individual that may be reasonably requested by the other party. Service Provider’s Service Manager shall initially be Bryan Schack. Recipient’s Service Manager shall initially be Paul Rode.

7

ARTICLE III

PROVISION OF SERVICES

Section 3.1 No Secondment. For the avoidance of doubt, Service Provider is not under any obligation to second or procure the secondment to Recipient of any employee or other personnel in connection with the provision of the Services.

Section 3.2 Access to and Use of Facilities. To the extent reasonably required to perform the Services hereunder, Recipient will provide (or as necessary will cause its Affiliates to provide) Service Provider with access to and use of such Recipient’s applicable facilities. Recipient shall provide all information reasonably required or requested by Service Provider to perform its obligations under this Agreement. Any visit to any of Recipient’s facilities required in connection with the Services will be provided at Recipient’s sole risk except with respect to any violation of Applicable Law, negligence or willful misconduct by Service Provider, its Affiliates or its or their respective Representatives. Recipient shall be liable for, and shall fully defend, indemnify and hold Service Provider and its Affiliates harmless from, any and all injuries or death suffered by any Service Provider Personnel arising in connection with any visit by such personnel to Recipient’s facilities to the extent such injury or death is caused by Recipient’s violation of Applicable Law, negligence or willful misconduct.

Section 3.3 Dispute Resolution. In the event that the parties are unable to agree upon any matters related to the performance of Services under this Agreement, the disputed matter will be first referred to the Service Managers for resolution. If a mutually acceptable agreement is not reached within a reasonable time, the matter will then be referred to the applicable senior management at each party hereto for resolution. Thereafter, the parties may seek the other rights and remedies available to such party. This Section 3.3 in no way limits, delays or restricts a party’s ability to seek specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable relief as provided under Section 12.12.

Section 3.4 Nature of Services. Service Provider will not exercise control over Recipient’s employees and will not be a joint employer of Recipient’s employees. Service Provider is not providing Services as a professional employer organization or similar organization. If a Governmental Authority of competent authority determines that Service Provider is or may be a joint employer of Recipient’s employees or is a professional employment organization or similar organization, Service Provider may, in its sole discretion, terminate this Agreement as to the affected Services, which affected Services will include, but may not be limited to, all of the Services that were the subject of the Governmental Authority’s determination that Service Provider is a joint employer or a professional employment organization or similar organization, including the Services as a whole if such were the subject of such determination, without penalty or liability (and will be further entitled to indemnification, defense and hold harmless relief as set forth in Article VIII); provided, however, that in the event of such termination pursuant to this Section 3.4, Service Provider shall make commercially reasonable efforts, for a period of no more than six (6) months or the until the end of the Term, whichever is shorter, to assist Recipient in transitioning Services to Recipient or Recipient’s service provider of choice, with such transition services to be provided at a cost to be negotiated by the Parties working in good faith.

ARTICLE IV

PAYMENT FOR SERVICES

Section 4.1 Payment Obligation.

(a) Recipient shall pay Service Provider or, to the extent specified on an invoice delivered to Recipient pursuant to Section 4.3, an applicable Affiliate thereof, the undisputed fees described on the applicable Services Schedule for the Services provided to Recipient by Service Provider plus Recipient shall reimburse Service Provider for all reasonable, documented, undisputed out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Service Provider while obtaining any Required Consent or in the rendering of the applicable Services for Recipient (including third party

8

contractors or professional fees and any license, service or access fees, including any third party vendor fees and other third party supply costs). For the avoidance of doubt, the monthly costs/fees set forth on Exhibit A do not include any third party costs or pass through expenses (whether separately billed to Recipient or amounts allocated to Recipient out of the overall bill to Service Provider) paid by Service Provider for goods and services used by Recipient, but, to the extent practicable, Service Provider has provided in the footnotes to the Services Schedules estimates of what Service Provider believes, as of the Effective Date, the reimbursable expenses for certain given Services may be. All such third party costs and pass through expenses will be reimbursed by Recipient as provided above regardless of whether consistent with such estimates or not. For example, the monthly costs/fees on Exhibit A do not include any Shared Contract costs or any license fees paid for any Software licenses or services purchased by Service Provider and used by Recipient.

(b) Monthly Cost/Fee Adjustments. Beginning on the anniversary of the Effective Date (starting the next Term Year (as such term is defined below)), the monthly costs/fees for the given Services, for which there has not been a monthly costs/fees adjustment made, shall automatically increase by two and ¹⁄₂ percent (2.5%) over the monthly costs/fees charged for such Services during the just completed term year. Such monthly costs shall continue in effect until the monthly costs/fees are again adjusted (whether automatically as provided above or upon mutual agreement of the parties).

Section 4.2 Certain Third Party Costs. Recipient acknowledges and agrees that the prices charged by third party suppliers for any goods (e.g., Software, raw materials and packaging) and services (e.g., promotions) procured from third party service providers which Service Provider is procuring on Recipient’s behalf as part of the Services provided hereunder may be subject to fluctuation and, as such, Service Provider cannot guarantee that it will be able to maintain certain pricing levels for any such goods or services. Recipient shall reimburse Service Provider for the applicable amounts charged by such third parties to Service Provider to purchase such goods and services, regardless of any such fluctuation in price.

Section 4.3 Invoices; Payment Due Date. Unless otherwise agreed to by Service Provider and Recipient in accordance with past practice, Service Provider or an applicable Affiliate thereof shall provide Recipient with a monthly invoice reflecting in reasonable detail (a) the Services provided during the preceding month, (b) monthly costs/fees owed for such Services and (c) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Service Provider or its Affiliates and reimbursable by Recipient as provided above. All amounts shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days of the date the invoice is received. In the event Recipient disputes the amounts reflected on an invoice, Recipient shall deliver a written statement to Service Provider or such Affiliate within ten (10) days following receipt of Service Provider’s or such Affiliate’s invoice listing all disputed items and providing a reasonably detailed description of each disputed item. Amounts not so disputed shall be deemed accepted and shall be paid, notwithstanding disputes on other items.

Section 4.4 Interest on Late Payment. Any amounts owed by Recipient under this Agreement that are not paid when due shall bear interest, from the time the payment was due until the time paid, at a rate per annum compounded annually, equal to the lesser of one and a half percent (1.5%) per month or the highest rate allowed by Applicable Law.

Section 4.5 Taxes.

(a) The fees under this Agreement exclude all applicable excise, sales, use, value added, goods and services or similar tax imposed by any federal, state, provincial, local or foreign taxing authority (“Sales Tax” or “Sales Taxes”), and Recipient will be responsible for payment of all such Sales Taxes for which Recipient bears primary liability under Applicable Law and any related penalties and interest arising from the payment of fees and expenses to Service Provider or its Affiliates. Recipient shall be entitled to withhold from any payment hereunder all taxes as are required to be withheld under Applicable Law. Service Provider and Recipient shall reasonably cooperate to minimize any applicable withholding taxes. For the avoidance of doubt, all taxes levied on Service Provider’s income or gross receipts or any franchise taxes of Service Provider shall be Service Provider’s responsibility.

9

(b) Service Provider Personnel who provide, or are expected to provide, Services from a location that is outside of their normal tax jurisdiction may be subject to increased taxes, including U.S. federal, state, social and local taxes. Service Provider will work to mitigate such additional tax and tax-related charges, which may include removal of such Service Provider Personnel from performing the applicable Services. Service Provider will use commercially reasonable efforts to inform Recipient in advance if such a situation is arising and if Service Provider Personnel will be removed as the result of such taxes being increased. Service Provider will not remove such Service Provider Personnel from the performance of Services hereunder if, within thirty (30) days of Recipient being so informed, Recipient agrees in writing to reimburse Service Provider (and the particular Service Provider Personnel) for the amounts payable to cover such increased tax liabilities. For the avoidance of doubt, if Recipient so agrees, Recipient will be responsible for, and will pay, the increased federal, state, social and local taxes and any compliance costs incurred by such Service Provider Personnel or by Service Provider with regard thereto. Application of tax law affecting Service Provider Personnel will be determined by Service Provider in its reasonable discretion.

Section 4.6 Expenses. Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement (including Section 4.1 and Section 4.5), each party hereto shall pay its own legal, accounting, out-of-pocket and other expenses incident to this Agreement and to any action taken by such party in carrying this Agreement into effect.

ARTICLE V

SERVICE STANDARDS

Section 5.1 Standard of Service. Service Provider warrants that the Services will be provided in a workmanlike and professional manner by Service Provider Personnel having a level of skill in the area commensurate with the requirements of the scope of Services to be performed as described in the Service Schedules and this Agreement. Service Provider further warrants that the Services will be performed in a commercially reasonable manner and in accordance with any specific terms and/or performance standards set forth in the relevant Services Schedule. In providing the Services, Service Provider shall (a) perform, or cause to be performed, the Services (i) in a commercially reasonable manner with a degree of care, and at a level of quality, timeliness, efficacy, priority and service, consistent with that provided by Service Provider and its Affiliates to Affiliates of Post that rely on Service Provider or its Affiliates for such or similar services and (ii) in accordance with applicable industry standards and any other specific terms and/or performance standards set forth in this Agreement and the relevant Services Schedule and (b) comply in all material respects with all Applicable Laws.

Section 5.2 Remediation. Recipient agrees that the remedies available to it in the event of a failure of Service Provider to provide the Services in accordance with the applicable Services Schedule in breach of the warranty set forth in Section 5.1 should be limited to Service Provider using commercially reasonable efforts to correct the problems that resulted in such failure, and therefore no service credits, rebates or refunds will be awarded for a failure to provide the Services. In recognition of this, except with respect to Service Provider’s indemnification obligations in Section 8.2, Recipient’s sole and exclusive remedy, and Service Provider’s sole and exclusive obligation, for any breach of the warranty set forth in Section 5.1 or any claim regarding Service Provider’s failure to provide any Services in accordance with this Agreement shall be the remediation activities set forth in this Section 5.2. In the event Service Provider does not provide a Service as specified in the applicable Services Schedule, then Service Provider agrees that it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to re-perform the applicable Service as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.

ARTICLE VI

CONFIDENTIALITY

Section 6.1 Definition. “Confidential Information” means, with regard to any party hereto disclosing such information (the “Disclosing Party”), the terms of this Agreement and any technical or non-technical confidential

10

or proprietary information disclosed or otherwise made available in any manner by the Disclosing Party to the other party to this Agreement (the “Receiving Party”), or to which the Receiving Party may gain access because of this Agreement, whether disclosed orally, electronically, visually or in writing. “Confidential Information” shall not include information (a) which is or becomes generally known or available by publication without violation of this Agreement; (b) which was known by the Receiving Party before receipt from the Disclosing Party as shown by the Receiving Party’s written records; (c) which is independently developed by the Receiving Party without use of or access to the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information as shown by the Receiving Party’s written records; or (d) which is lawfully obtained from a third party that has the right to make such disclosure as shown by the Receiving Party’s written records.

Section 6.2 Obligations. The Receiving Party agrees that, except as otherwise required by Applicable Law or order, it will (a) not use, reproduce, or exploit the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party for any purpose other than performing or receiving Services as specified in this Agreement; and (b) hold all Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party in strict confidence and will not disclose or otherwise make available such Confidential Information to any third party other than its Representatives, third party contractors, advisors, Affiliates, actual or potential investors or financing sources and their advisors and Representatives, and the employees of the Receiving Party or its Representatives, third party contractors, advisors and Affiliates (i) who have a need to know such information for purposes of fulfilling the Receiving Party’s obligations, utilizing or enforcing the Receiving Party’s rights, or utilizing the Services provided, under this Agreement and (ii) who are bound by confidentiality obligations at least as stringent as those contained in this Agreement.

Section 6.3 Compelled Disclosure. In the event that the Receiving Party is required by Applicable Law or court decision, order or judgment to disclose any Confidential Information, the Receiving Party shall (a) to the extent permitted, notify the Disclosing Party in writing as soon as reasonably practicable; (b) reasonably cooperate with the Disclosing Party to preserve the confidentiality of such Confidential Information consistent with Applicable Law and (c) use its reasonable efforts to limit any such disclosure to the minimum disclosure necessary to comply with such Applicable Law or court decision, order, or judgment.

Section 6.4 Termination. Upon termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article XI, the Receiving Party shall destroy all documents and materials in tangible form, and delete all data in electronic form, containing any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto acknowledge that certain systems that may be utilized by a Receiving Party do not easily permit the true purging or deletion of data (e.g., email backup systems). In such cases, the Receiving Party shall be permitted to retain such data so long as such data is not readily available to end users and otherwise remains subject to the confidentiality provisions of Section 6.1 and Section 6.2. In addition, the Receiving Party shall be permitted to retain such copies of Confidential Information as required by Applicable Law or legitimate record retention policies, so long as such Confidential Information is not readily accessible and otherwise remains subject to the confidentiality provisions of Section 6.1 and Section 6.2.

Section 6.5 Data Protection.

(a) The parties are currently parties to a HIPAA Business Associate Agreement and will contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement execute a Data Processing Addendum pursuant to the GDPR and the UK GDPR (the HIPAA Business Associate Agreement and the Data Processing Addendum will be collectively referred to herein as the “Data Protection Agreements” and each as a “Data Protection Agreement”). After the execution thereof and throughout the period during which a Service Provider Processes any Personal Data protected under the applicable Data Protection Agreement, the parties will keep each such Data Protection Agreement or a mutually agreed upon replacement thereof in force. Each party hereby agrees to comply with the terms of each such Data Protection Agreement with regard to any and all Processing of any Personal Data, as applicable, and if there is any conflict between any provision of any Data Protection Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the applicable Data Protection Agreement shall prevail.

11

(b) Each party shall make, obtain and/or maintain throughout the Term all necessary registration or filings and notifications or consents which such party is obliged to make, obtain and/or maintain pursuant to all applicable Data Protection Laws. Each party shall in its performance under this Agreement abide by all applicable Data Protection Laws.

(c) In furtherance of the foregoing, Service Provider hereby acknowledges and agrees that, in connection with this Agreement, (i) it is a service provider under the terms of the CCPA, (ii) it will only access and process Recipient Personal Data for the business purposes of performing the Services for Recipient and (iii) it is expressly prohibited from retaining, using, or disclosing the Recipient Personal Data for any purpose other than its performance under this Agreement. Each party agrees to provide the other party with all information and cooperation reasonably necessary to allow the other party to abide by all applicable Data Protection Laws.

(d) Recipient warrants to Service Provider that, prior to disclosing any Personal Data to Service Provider hereunder, it has all necessary rights to provide such Personal Data to such party under all applicable Data Protection Laws for any Processing to be performed in relation to the Services, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, as applicable, that one or more lawful bases set forth in GDPR or UK GDPR support the lawfulness of the Processing. To the extent required by GDPR or UK GDPR, Recipient shall be responsible for ensuring that all necessary privacy notices are provided to data subjects, and unless another legal basis set forth in GDPR or UK GDPR supports the lawfulness of the Processing, that any necessary data subject consents to the Processing are obtained, and for ensuring that a record of such consents is maintained. Should such a consent be revoked by a data subject, Recipient is responsible for communicating the fact of such revocation to Service Provider, and Service Provider remains responsible for implementing Recipient’s instruction with respect to the processing of such Personal Data. Service Provider represents and warrants to Recipient that, in connection with this Agreement, Service Provider shall not disclose to Recipient any Personal Data (i) protected under the GDPR or the UK GDPR that was collected by Service Provider outside its performance of Services under this Agreement or (ii) in violation of any applicable Data Protection Law.

Section 6.6 Data Security.

(a) The systems and technologies utilized in, or covered by, the parties’ performance under this Agreement fit within one of the following categories: (i) systems and technologies owned, licensed, contracted for or used by Service Provider that may be utilized in the performance of Services but that Recipient(s) does(do) not directly access or use (“Post Only Systems”), (ii) systems and technologies used exclusively by Recipient or its Subsidiaries and for which Service Provider is providing some form of security Services (“Supported Systems”) or (iii) systems and technologies accessed and used by both Recipient and Service Provider and/or one or more of its Affiliates in some manner (“Joint Systems”). The parties acknowledge that there may be systems and technologies for which Service Provider is not providing any security Services and that Recipient is fully responsible for all such systems, tools and processes that are used by Recipient and are not Supported Systems or Joint Systems, if any, (such being “Recipient Only Systems”). Post Only Systems, Supported Systems, Joint Systems and Recipient Only Systems may be collectively referred to herein as the “Systems” or each a “System”. The cyber security duties with regard to the Systems shall be divided as follows: (i) the party that either is (1) exclusively using or (2) if no one party is exclusively using, the party that owned, licensed, or contracted for the underlying technology of the System shall be responsible for securing the System environment and the data and applications held/used therein (e.g., Service Provider is responsible for Post Only Systems and Recipient is responsible for Recipient Only Systems) and (ii) each party accessing or using such System shall be responsible for (x) all access and use by it and its “Users,” which are defined as the employees of, or contractors of a given Party who are accessing and using the System on behalf of, such party, (y) ensuring all such access and use occurs in an appropriately secure manner and through appropriately secure mechanisms and technologies and (z) securing all of the technologies, hardware and equipment used by such party and its Users in the access and use of such Systems as well as any third party service providers or vendors used by such parties (e.g., any co-manufacturing providers, any data center providers, or any SaaS based providers that may be utilized by a party). Furthermore, the parties agree to adhere to those security obligations set forth in Exhibit B.

12

(b) In addition and supplement to the obligations in Section 2.5 above, as a requirement and condition precedent to Service Provider performing any Services under this Agreement, Recipient must comply with, and maintain throughout the Term, the security and other data protection standards, controls, policies and procedures established and amended by Service Provider from time to time, as the same have been provided to Recipient (the “Security Standards”). Service Provider shall provide to Recipient a commercially reasonable standard of security and data protection as part of the provision of the Services, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, comply with, and maintain throughout the Term, the Security Standards. The Security Standards are hereby incorporated herein by reference. An overview of the current Security Standards is provided in Exhibit C.

(c) Promptly upon discovery of (i) an actual or suspected breach of the privacy or security of any Supported Systems, Joint Systems, Recipient Data or Service Provider Data or (ii) any violation of any Data Protection Law with respect to any Supported Systems, Joint Systems, Recipient Data or Service Provider Data (each such incident being a “Security Incident”), the discovering party shall provide written notice without undue delay to the other parties explaining the nature and scope of the Security Incident and shall reasonably cooperate with the other parties in any investigation and remediation that the parties mutually agree are reasonably necessary (including any forensic investigation). The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that if the root cause of a Security Incident (i) developed from any System, technology, equipment, access, use or User for which a party or its Affiliate is responsible hereunder for securing or for ensuring the security of (including a party’s vendor’s or service provider’s systems, technologies or software) (as described in Section 6.6(a), Section 6.6(b), Exhibit B or Exhibit C) or (ii) resulted from any negligent or more culpable act or omission by a party’s or its Affiliate’s or Subsidiary’s employee, contractor, vendor, or other Representative, such party shall be responsible and liable for the costs associated with any investigation and remediation of such Security Incident and any Claims arising therefrom, including, without limitation, (1) costs of any required forensic investigation to determine the cause of the Security Incident, (2) providing notification of the Security Incident to applicable government and relevant industry self-regulatory agencies, to the media (if required by applicable Law) and to individuals whose Personal Data have been disclosed and/or accessed (“Affected Individuals”), (3) providing any other remedies required under applicable Law or otherwise mutually determined appropriate by the parties, including, but not limited to, credit monitoring services to Affected Individuals and operating a call center to respond to questions from Affected Individuals, and (4) any fines or other Liabilities arising therefrom. For the avoidance of doubt, (1) the Liabilities arising from a Joint System, where the root cause did not arise, or cannot be reasonably determined to have arisen, from (i) any System, technology, equipment, access, use or User for which a party or its Affiliate is responsible hereunder for securing or for ensuring the security of or (ii) any negligent or more culpable act or omission of any Person described above, shall be jointly shared by the parties and (2) Service Provider has no obligations under this Section 6.6(c) to Recipient for any Security Incident involving only a Post Only System unless Recipient Data is affected by such Security Incident and Recipient has no obligations under this Section 6.6(c) to Service Provider for any Security Incident involving only a Recipient Only System unless any Service Provider Data is affected by such Security Incident. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or anything in this Agreement to the contrary, a party will have no responsibility for any costs of investigation or remediation or for any other Liabilities arising from a Security Incident to the extent they are due to, or the root cause of the Security Incident arose from, any gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of the other party, its Affiliates or their respective employees, contractors, vendors, or other Representatives.

(d) The parties acknowledge that security requirements are constantly changing and that effective security requires frequent evaluation and regular improvements of outdated security measures. The parties will therefore evaluate the measures as implemented in accordance with this Section 6.6 on an on-going basis in order to maintain compliance with the requirements set out herein. The parties will negotiate in good faith the cost, if any, to implement material changes required by specific updated security requirements set forth in applicable Data Protection Laws.

13

ARTICLE VII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 7.1 Mutual Representations. Each party represents and warrants to the other parties that it has the requisite corporate or other organizational power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and has taken all corporate or other organizational action necessary to execute and deliver this Agreement, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to perform its obligations hereunder.

Section 7.2 Disclaimer. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, no party makes any representation or warranty to the other parties, express or implied, with respect to the provision or receipt of the Services and all information or other deliverables provided by any party pursuant to this Agreement, including any representation or warranty as to merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose or future results. Each party hereby acknowledges that, other than as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Services and all information or deliverables provided hereunder are being provided “AS IS WHERE IS,” and each party has relied on its own examination and investigation in electing to enter into, and consummate the transactions under, this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 8.1 Recipient Indemnity. Recipient shall indemnify, defend and hold Service Provider, Service Provider’s Affiliates, Service Provider Personnel and their respective Representatives harmless from and against any and all Losses resulting from any third party claims, Actions, suits or proceedings or from any action, decision, order or judgment by any Governmental Authority (“Claims”) to the extent such Losses are (A) related to failure to support or implement any requested changes to the benefits and payroll administration Services, (B) are related to the Service Provider’s performance of the Services, except in the case of application of Section 8.2(i) – (iv), or (C) caused by Recipient’s (i) violation of any material Applicable Law, (ii) fraud, (iii) willful misconduct or (iv) gross negligence in connection with performing its duties, responsibilities and obligations under this Agreement or breach of Article VI, provided that (a) Service Provider notifies Recipient promptly in writing of the Claim once Service Provider becomes aware of such Claim; (b) Recipient has sole control of the defense and all related settlement negotiations, except that Service Provider must provide prior written consent to any settlement that does not expressly and unconditionally release Service Provider from all Liabilities with respect to such Claim without prejudice or that would be adverse to Service Provider, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld; and (c) Service Provider provides Recipient with all reasonably necessary assistance, information and authority, at Recipient’s reasonable expense, to perform these duties.

Section 8.2 Service Provider Indemnity. Service Provider shall indemnify, defend and hold Recipient, Recipient’s Affiliates and their respective Representatives harmless from and against any and all Losses resulting from any Claims to the extent such Losses are caused by Service Provider’s (i) violation of any material Applicable Law, (ii) fraud, (iii) willful misconduct or (iv) gross negligence in connection with performing its duties, responsibilities and obligations under this Agreement or breach of Article VI, provided that (a) Recipient notifies Service Provider promptly in writing of the Claim; (b) Service Provider has sole control of the defense and all related settlement negotiations, except that Recipient must provide prior written consent to any settlement that does not expressly and unconditionally release Recipient from all Liabilities with respect to such Claim without prejudice or that would be adverse to Recipient, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld; and (c) Recipient provides Service Provider with all reasonably necessary assistance, information and authority, at Service Provider’s reasonable expense, to perform these duties.

14

ARTICLE IX

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

Section 9.1 Limitations on Claims. No party shall have any liability to another party under this Agreement unless a Claim is made in writing by the first party within sixty (60) days after the circumstances giving rise to the claim first become known to the first party, or could, with reasonable diligence, have become known to the first party.

Section 9.2 Limitation of Liability. Except as set forth in Section 9.3, (i) in no event shall a party have any liability to another party for any punitive damages, lost profits, diminution of value, consequential damages, special damages, incidental damages, indirect damages, exemplary damages or other similar unforeseen damages, (ii) in no event shall any multiples or similar valuation methodology (whether based on “multiple of profits,” “multiple of earnings,” “multiple of cash flows” or similar terms) be used in calculating the amount of any Liability and (iii) to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, each party’s (which, for the purposes of this Section 9.2, a “party” includes the party, all of the Affiliates of such party and all of its respective Representatives) aggregate liability to another party in connection with this Agreement or any Service under this Agreement shall not exceed the greater of (A) the amounts expected to be paid by Recipient to Service Provider for the Service giving rise to the Liability in the twelve (12) month period following the Effective Date; and (B) amounts paid to such Service Provider under this Agreement for such Service in the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the event giving rise to the given Claim.

Section 9.3 Exceptions. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the parties hereby acknowledge and agree that none of the limitations, waivers or restrictions on Losses, Liabilities, damages or Claims set forth in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2 shall apply to or any way affect a party’s Liability for, or a party’s ability to recover for, (i) a material breach of this Agreement arising from any breach of any Underlying Contract or (ii) any breach of, or liabilities arising under, Article VI.

Section 9.4 Acknowledgement of Limitations. Each party agrees that in the absence of limitations of liability and claims and waivers of damages set forth in this Article IX, the economic and other terms of this Agreement would be substantially different.

ARTICLE X

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Section 10.1 Service Provider Intellectual Property. To the extent Service Provider uses any know-how, processes, technology, trade secrets or other Intellectual Property Rights owned by or licensed to Service Provider or any of its Affiliates (“Service Provider IP”) in providing the Services, Service Provider IP and any derivative works of, or modifications or improvements to, Service Provider IP conceived or created by Service Provider or its Affiliates (“Improvements”) shall, as between the parties, remain the sole property of Service Provider. Recipient shall and hereby does assign to Service Provider, and agrees to assign automatically in the future upon first recordation in a tangible medium or first reduction to practice, all of Recipient’s right, title and interest in and to all Improvements, if any. Service Provider hereby, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, grants to Recipient and its Affiliates a worldwide, nonexclusive, nontransferable and royalty-free right and license, during the term of the applicable Service, to use, reproduce, distribute and display, as applicable, all Service Provider IP and Improvements, solely to the extent and for the duration necessary to enable Recipient and its Affiliates to receive, use and utilize the Services.

Section 10.2 Recipient Intellectual Property. New BellRing hereby, on behalf of itself and its Subsidiaries, grants to Service Provider and its Affiliates a worldwide, nonexclusive, nontransferable and royalty-free right and license, during the term of the applicable Service, to use, reproduce, distribute and display, as applicable, the Recipient Intellectual Property solely as necessary for the performance of the Services.

Section 10.3 Reservation of Rights. All rights not expressly granted herein are reserved.

15

ARTICLE XI

TERM, TERMINATION

Section 11.1 Term of Agreement; Early Termination of Services. This Agreement shall terminate three (3) years from the Effective Date (such three (3) year period, the “Term” and any one (1) year period within the Term, a “Term Year”), unless sooner terminated by the parties as set forth in this Agreement, including this Article XI, and subject to Section 3.4. Upon mutual written consent of the parties, the parties may renew this Agreement for additional three (3) year or shorter terms. Some Services shall be provided for a period of less than three (3) years if so specified by the applicable Services Schedule. Recipient may elect to terminate Service Provider’s provision of all or any portion of the Services (or any Service) by providing Service Provider written notice of such election at least sixty (60) days in advance of the effective date of termination of any such Service (unless Service Provider agrees to shorten or waive such notice period in writing); provided, however, that the written notice period shall be at least ninety (90) days in advance of the effective date of termination of the benefits and payroll administration services. Service Provider may elect to terminate all or any portion of the Services (or any Service) by providing Recipient written notice of such election at least six (6) months in advance of the effective date of termination (unless Recipient agrees to shorten or waive such notice period in writing) (such period being the “Service Provider Notice Period”); provided, however, that if during the Service Provider Notice Period, after working in good faith to transition the terminated Service or Services, Recipient reasonably believes it will be unable to complete such transition by the end of the Service Provider Notice Period, Recipient may request to extend the termination date, and thus extend the Service Provider Notice Period, for a reasonable period of time, in order for Recipient to complete the transition of the terminated Service or Services. Such request to extend will be made by Recipient’s delivery of written notice of such request to Post prior to the end of the initial Service Provider Notice Date. Promptly after Post’s receipt of such request, the parties will negotiate in good faith with regard to whether to extend beyond the Service Provider Notice Period and the period of time for which the termination date and the Service Provider Notice Period will be extended, if any. For the purposes of this Section 11.1, each row in the Services Schedule is considered a single Service unless otherwise described in the Services Schedule. If Recipient provides written notice to Service Provider that it desires to terminate a portion of the Services or a Service or Service Provider provides written notice to Recipient that it desires to terminate a portion of the Services or a Service, the parties shall cooperate in good faith to determine what the portions of the Services may terminated, if any, or what additional Services will also need to be terminated along with such Services (it being understood that Recipient or Service Provider, as the case may be, shall only be permitted to terminate a portion of a Service to the extent that it does not materially change Service Provider’s provision of related Services and that certain inter-related Services may only be terminated as a whole). In addition to the foregoing, if Service Provider discontinues providing a given Service for its own operations, Service Provider may, upon at least sixty (60) days’ notice to Recipient, terminate providing such Service hereunder (e.g., if Service Provider is no longer providing online training services for its own employees, Service Provider may, upon sixty (60) days’ notice, terminate any online training services that are Services hereunder). In addition to other termination rights, this Agreement will automatically terminate when all Services have been terminated hereunder.

Section 11.2 Termination upon Breach. In the event of a material breach of this Agreement by a party (the “Breaching Party”), the party claiming the breach (the “Claiming Party”) shall give written notice of such breach to the Breaching Party, which shall have sixty (60) days to cure such breach or, if such breach is capable of cure within a commercially reasonable period of time but cannot reasonably be expected to be cured within sixty (60) days, the Breaching Party shall have sixty (60) days to undertake all available and appropriate action to begin the cure of the breach and shall proceed as promptly as practicable thereafter to effect the cure. In the event of such cure, the notice of breach shall be rescinded. If, however, the breach is not cured as set forth herein, the Claiming Party may then pursue any and all remedies available to it under this Agreement based on such uncured breach, including the right to terminate this Agreement effective on a date of termination prior to the end of the Term established by the Claiming Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.2, Service Provider shall have the right to terminate this Agreement immediately if Recipient fails to make any payment due to Service Provider hereunder within five (5) Business Days after receipt of written notice of such failure, unless

16

the amount in issue is subject to a bona fide dispute between the parties. For the avoidance of doubt, if the amount of any such payment is subject to a bona fide dispute, Recipient shall continue to make all other payments hereunder that are not subject to such dispute in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Section 11.3 Termination upon Mutual Agreement. This Agreement may be terminated at any time upon mutual agreement of the parties.

Section 11.4 Termination upon Bankruptcy. Service Provider and Recipient may terminate this Agreement immediately upon the filing by any court of competent jurisdiction (a) of a decision, order or judgment adjudicating the other bankrupt; (b) appointing a trustee or receiver of a substantial part of the property of the other or (c) approving a petition for, or effecting an arrangement in, bankruptcy or any other judicial modification or alteration of the rights of creditors of the other, which remain undismissed or unstayed after sixty (60) days.

Section 11.5 Termination upon Recipient Change of Control Transaction. Upon the occurrence of a Recipient Change of Control of New BellRing or any other Recipient(s), Service Provider shall have the right, upon delivery of written notice to New BellRing or the particular Recipient(s), as the case may be, to terminate this Agreement and/or the Services provided hereunder, in whole or in part as to the particular Recipient(s) suffering the Recipient Change of Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Recipient sells a business line or operating division, then Service Provider shall have the right, upon delivery of written notice to such Recipient, to terminate the Services provided hereunder to such business line or operating division, in whole or in part, as determined by Service Provider. In addition, to the extent that Canadian Services are provided pursuant to this Agreement, upon the occurrence of a Canadian Change of Control, Service Provider shall have the right, upon delivery of written notice to New BellRing or the particular Recipient(s), as the case may be, to terminate the Canadian Services (as defined in the Services Schedule), in whole or in part, as determined by Service Provider. As used in this Section 11.5, a “Canadian Change of Control” shall have occurred in the event any transaction or series of transactions (however structured or evidenced) is/are consummated which (a) result in Post or one of its wholly-owned subsidiaries no longer controlling more than 50% of the combined voting power of the capital stock of Post Foods Canada Inc. entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of Post Foods Canada Inc. or any successor thereto or (b) involve the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Post Foods Canada Inc. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, at the time of a Canadian Change of Control, Post or one of its wholly-owned subsidiaries has an additional wholly-owned Canadian subsidiary that employs at least ten (10) employees in Ontario, a Canadian Change in Control shall not cause Service Provider to terminate the Canadian Services that are specified as dedicated or additional sales support in the Services Schedule, although such Canadian Services may cease for up to sixty (60) days (and Service Provider shall not be deemed to have breached this Agreement on account of that cessation of Canadian Services) while such Canadian Services are transitioned.

Section 11.6 Termination upon Post Change of Control Transaction. Upon the occurrence of a Post Change of Control, Post, or its successor in interest, shall have the right to terminate this Agreement and the Services provided hereunder upon delivery of written notice to New BellRing.

Section 11.7 Effect of Termination. Upon termination of this Agreement, Recipient shall pay all amounts outstanding for Services that have been provided by Service Provider as of the effective date of termination. Upon the termination of any Service or this Agreement, Service Provider and Recipient shall cooperate in good faith to effect an orderly transition of the applicable Service(s) to Recipient or its designee and Service Provider and Recipient shall negotiate in good faith with regard to a plan and agreement for (i) the transition and migration of the given Services from Service Provider’s systems, facilities or hosting environments to the systems, facilities and hosting environments of Recipient (or its designee), as applicable, (ii) any Services that will be performed by Service Provider with regard thereto and (iii) the fees and costs that will be paid and/or reimbursed by Recipient for such Services.

17

Section 11.8 Survival. Section 2.6, Section 2.7, Section 3.2, Section 3.3, Section 5.2 and Section 7.2, Article I, Article IV, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX, Article X, this Article XI and Article XII shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.1 Force Majeure. Service Provider shall not be liable for any failure of performance attributable to acts or events (including acts of God, war, terrorist activities, conditions or events of nature, pandemics (including the COVID-19 pandemic), industry wide supply shortages, civil disturbances, work stoppage, power failures, failure of telephone lines and equipment, fire and earthquake or any Applicable Law or decision, order or judgment of any Governmental Authority) beyond its reasonable control which impair or prevent in whole or in part performance by Service Provider hereunder. In the event that Service Provider is unable to perform its duties and obligations hereunder as a result of an event of force majeure, as described in the first sentence of this Section 12.1, Service Provider shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable, give written notice of the occurrence of such event to Recipient and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to resume the Services at the earliest reasonably practicable date. Service Provider shall not be liable for the nonperformance or delay in performance of its obligations under this Agreement to the extent such failure is due to such a force majeure event and Service Provider has used its commercially reasonable efforts to resume the Services at the earliest reasonably practicable date; provided that, if Service Provider fails to perform any Service for fifteen (15) days or more, then Recipient shall have the right to promptly terminate its receipt of such Service upon notice to Service Provider.

Section 12.2 Relationship of the Parties. This Agreement does not create a fiduciary relationship, partnership or joint venture between Post, on the one hand, and New BellRing, Old BellRing and BellRing LLC, on the other hand, and does not make Post, on the one hand, or New BellRing, Old BellRing and BellRing LLC, on the other hand, the agent of the other for any purpose whatsoever. All Services provided by Service Provider hereunder are provided by Service Provider as an independent contractor. This Agreement does not give any party the authority to commit the other parties to any binding obligation or to execute, on behalf of the other parties, any agreement, lease or other document creating legal obligations on the part of the other parties, and no party shall represent to any third party that it has such authority.

Section 12.3 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such State.

Section 12.4 Actions and Proceedings. Each of the parties irrevocably agrees that any legal action or proceeding brought by any party with respect to this Agreement and the rights and obligations arising hereunder, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect of this Agreement and the rights and obligations arising hereunder brought by another party or its successors or assigns, shall be brought and determined exclusively in the Delaware Chancery Court or, if such court shall not have jurisdiction, any federal court located in the State of Delaware or other Delaware state court. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably submits with regard to any such action or proceeding for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, to the personal jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than the aforesaid courts. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert as a defense, counterclaim or otherwise, in any action or proceeding brought by any party with respect to this Agreement, (a) any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above named courts for any reason other than the failure to serve in accordance with this Section 12.4, (b) any claim that it or its property is exempt or immune from the jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise) and (c) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, any claim that (i) such suit, action or proceeding in such court is brought in an inconvenient forum, (ii) the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper or (iii) this

18

Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, may not be enforced in or by such courts. Each of the parties irrevocably agrees that, subject to any available appeal rights, any decision, order or judgment issued by such above named courts shall be binding and enforceable, and irrevocably agrees to abide by any such decision, order or judgment. Each of the parties hereto agrees that service of process upon such party in any such action or proceeding shall be effective if such process is given as a notice in accordance with Section 12.6.

Section 12.5 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES’ RELATIONSHIP HEREUNDER OR SERVICES PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LEGAL ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES’ RELATIONSHIP HEREUNDER OR SERVICES PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (A) NO REPRESENTATIVE OF ANOTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH PARTY WOULD NOT SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER IN THE EVENT OF A LEGAL ACTION, (B) SUCH PARTY HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (C) SUCH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY AND (D) SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 12.5.

Section 12.6 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications which are required or may be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when received if personally delivered; when transmitted if transmitted by electronic or digital transmission method; the day after it is sent, if sent for next day delivery to a domestic address by recognized overnight delivery service (e.g., Federal Express); and upon receipt, if sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. In each case, notice will be sent to:

If to Post:

Post Holdings, Inc.

2503 S. Hanley Road

St. Louis, MO 63144

Attention: General Counsel

E-mail: diedre.gray@postholdings.com;

If to New BellRing, Old BellRing or BellRing LLC:

BellRing Brands, Inc.

2503 S. Hanley Rd.

St. Louis, MO 63144

Attention: General Counsel

E-mail: craig.rosenthal@bellringbrands.com

or to such other address(es) as shall be furnished in writing by any such party to the other party in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.6.

Section 12.7 Successors and Assigns; Benefit.

(a) No assignment of this Agreement or of any rights or obligations hereunder may be made by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto and any attempted assignment without the required consent shall be void; provided, however, that any party may assign, in whole or in part, this

19

Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder without notice or the prior written consent of the other party to any Affiliate of such party provided the assigning party shall remain liable hereunder following any such assignment.

(b) This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted assigns and nothing herein express or implied shall give or be construed to give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and such permitted assigns, any legal or equitable rights hereunder. Nothing herein shall or shall be deemed to amend any benefit plan of any the parties hereto.

Section 12.8 Amendment and Restatement; Entire Agreement; Amendments; Waiver.

(a) This Agreement amends and restates the Original Agreement. Through the execution of this Agreement, each of the parties acknowledges and agrees that the Original Agreement is superseded and replaced in all respects by this Agreement and, as of the Effective Date, the Original Agreement is of no further force or effect.

(b) This Agreement, the Exhibits to this Agreement and the Transaction Agreement contain the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and, except to the extent specifically set forth herein, supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Exhibits to this Agreement, this Agreement shall control.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no amendment, supplement, modification or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it shall be in writing and signed by each party hereto. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any failure of any of the parties to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition herein may be waived by the party entitled to the benefits thereof only by a written instrument signed by such party, granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any other provision hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.

(d) During the term of this Agreement, there may be a Change in Circumstance (as defined below) that may require Service Provider, in its discretion, to modify, amend or change the Services provided hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event of a Change in Circumstance during the term of this Agreement, without the consent of Recipient, Service Provider may amend the given Services Schedule of this Agreement upon written notice to Recipient to the extent necessary to comply with such Change in Circumstance. Without limiting the foregoing, if the Change in Circumstance results in additional costs to Service Provider for providing the Services hereunder, then Service Provider may increase the fees and costs set forth on the applicable Services Schedule in amounts as will compensate Service Provider for such additional costs; provided, however, that such additional costs are borne on a pro rata basis by each of Recipient and Service Provider and its Affiliates receiving or utilizing such services, as applicable, to the extent such Change in Circumstance affects the provision of such services by Service Provider to itself or to such Affiliates, as well as to Recipient. Any amendment made in accordance with this Section 12.8(d) shall be effective as of the date specified in the notice of such amendment. “Change in Circumstance” shall mean any change in any Applicable Law, whether by adoption of a new Law, the amendment, modification, expiration or repeal of an existing Law or the reversal of a Law by a Governmental Authority.

Section 12.9 Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other instrument referred to in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, then to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any other such instrument. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the

20

parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

Section 12.10 Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by electronic mail, and an electronic copy of this Agreement or of a signature of a party shall be effective as an original.

Section 12.11 Other Agreements. This Agreement is not intended to amend or modify, and should not be interpreted to amend or modify in any respect, the rights and obligations of the parties under the Transaction Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements.

Section 12.12 Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage could occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled, without posting a bond or similar indemnity, to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement or to specific enforcement of the performance of the terms and provisions hereof.

Section 12.13 No Right of Setoff. Each of the parties hereto hereby acknowledges that it shall have no right under this Agreement to offset any amounts owed (or to become due and owing) to the other party(ies) under this Agreement against any other amount owed (or to become due and owing) to it by the other party(ies).

[Signature Page Follows]

21

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT]

22

Exhibit 10.2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

dated as of

March 10, 2022

among

BELLRING BRANDS, INC.

and

POST HOLDINGS, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated as of March 10, 2022 (this “Agreement”) is among (i) BellRing Brands, Inc. (f/k/a BellRing Distribution, LLC), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), (ii) Post Holdings, Inc., a Missouri corporation (“Post”), and (iii) other Persons (as defined below) party hereto from time to time.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, BellRing Intermediate Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a BellRing Brands, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“BellRing Inc.”), and Post entered into that certain Investor Rights Agreement, effective as of October 21, 2019 (the “Investor Rights Agreement”);

WHEREAS, Post and the Company entered into a Transaction Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and among BellRing Inc., Post, the Company and BellRing Merger Sub Corporation (“Merger Sub”) on October 26, 2021, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to the Transaction Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 28, 2022 (as it may be further amended from time to time, the “Transaction Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, (i) Merger Sub merged with and into BellRing Inc. and BellRing Inc. was the surviving corporation in the Merger (as defined in the Transaction Agreement), (ii) as a result of the Merger, BellRing Inc. became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and (iii) following the Merger, the Company converted into a Delaware corporation and changed its name to BellRing Brands, Inc.;

WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement in accordance with the terms herein and to terminate the Investor Rights Agreement effective as of the date hereof;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are entering into this Agreement to provide certain registration rights under the Securities Act (as defined below) and applicable state securities laws to each Stockholder (as defined below) with respect to Registrable Securities (as defined below) each may hold.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Definitions.

(a) As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. For the purpose of this definition, the term “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Applicable Governance Rules” means applicable federal and Delaware laws and the rules of the NYSE relating to the Board and the corporate governance of the Company, including, without limitation, Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and NYSE Rule 303A, in each case, subject to applicable phase-in periods.

“Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” means an “automatic shelf registration statement” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

3

“BellRing LLC” means BellRing Brands, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“beneficial ownership” and “beneficially own” and similar terms have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.

“Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

“Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized by law to close.

“Bylaws” means the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented and/or restated from time to time.

“Certificate of Incorporation” means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented and/or restated from time to time.

“Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

“Company Securities” means (i) the Common Stock, (ii) any securities of the Company or any successor or assign of the Company into which such Common Stock is reclassified or reconstituted or into which such Common Stock is converted or otherwise exchanged in connection with a split or combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, sale of assets, consolidation or other reorganization or otherwise or (iii) any securities received as a dividend or a distribution in respect of the securities described in clauses (i) or (ii) above.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

“FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

“Free Writing Prospectus” means any “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act relating to the Registrable Securities included in the applicable Registration Statement.

“NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange.

“Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) thereto.

“Post Party” means Post and its Affiliates (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries).

“Post Stockholder” means each Post Party that is a Stockholder.

“Public Offering” means an underwritten public offering of Company Securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor form under the Securities Act.

“Registering Stockholder” means, with respect to any Registration Statement, each Stockholder whose Registrable Securities are or are to be registered pursuant to such Registration Statement.

“Registrable Class Securities” means the Registrable Securities and any other securities of the Company that are of the same class as the relevant Registrable Securities.

4

“Registrable Securities” means, at any time, any Company Securities beneficially owned (whether beneficially owned as of the date hereof or hereinafter beneficially owned) by a Stockholder until (i) a registration statement covering such securities has been declared effective by the SEC and such securities have been disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement, (ii) such securities are sold pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act, (iii) such securities are otherwise transferred, assigned, sold, conveyed or otherwise disposed of and thereafter such securities may be resold without subsequent registration under the Securities Act or (iv) with respect to any such securities held by any single Stockholder (or group of Stockholders that are aggregated for purposes of Rule 144), all of such securities held by any Stockholder or group of Stockholders that are able to be sold in a single transaction pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provisions then in force) and such securities of such Stockholder (or group of Stockholders) represent no more than 2.5% of outstanding shares of the relevant class of Company Securities.

“Registration Expenses” means any and all expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with any registration or marketing of Registrable Securities, regardless of whether such Registration Statement is declared effective, including all (i) registration and filing fees, and all other fees and expenses payable in connection with the listing of securities on any securities exchange or automated interdealer quotation system, (ii) fees and expenses incurred in complying with any securities or “blue sky” laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the Registrable Securities as may be set forth in any underwriting agreement), (iii) expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, mailing and delivery of any registration statements, prospectuses and other documents in connection therewith and any amendments or supplements thereto, (iv) security engraving and printing expenses, (v) internal expenses of the Company (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (vi) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and customary fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses relating to any comfort letters or costs associated with the delivery by independent certified public accountants of any “comfort” letters requested pursuant to Section 2.04(h) or any special audits incidental to or required by any registration or qualification), (vii) reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration, (viii) reasonable fees, out-of-pocket costs and expenses of one firm of counsel selected by the holder(s) of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by each Registration Statement (the “Holders’ Counsel”), (ix) fees and expenses in connection with any review by FINRA of the underwriting arrangements or other terms of the offering, and all fees and expenses of any qualified independent underwriter, including the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel thereto, (x) fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, but excluding any underwriting fees, discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities, (xi) costs of printing and producing any agreements among underwriters, underwriting agreements, any “blue sky” or legal investment memoranda and any selling agreements and other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of the Registrable Securities, (xii) transfer agents’ and registrars’ fees and expenses and the fees and expenses of any other agent or trustee appointed in connection with such offering, (xiii) expenses relating to any analyst or investor presentations or any “road shows” undertaken in connection with the registration, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities, (xiv) fees and expenses payable in connection with any ratings of the Registrable Securities, including expenses relating to any presentations to rating agencies, (xv) all out-of pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Company or its appropriate officers in connection with their compliance with Section 2.04(m) and (xvi) any liability insurance or other premiums for insurance obtained in connection with any Demand Registration, Piggyback Registration or Shelf Registration pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

“Registration Statement” means any registration statement of the Company under the Securities Act that covers any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

“Requesting Stockholder” means, with respect to any Demand Registration or Shelf Registration, any Stockholder holding any Registrable Securities initially making the request for such Demand Registration or Shelf Registration.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

5

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor governmental agency.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Shares” means the shares of Common Stock.

“Shelf Registered Securities” means any Registrable Securities whose offer and sale is registered pursuant to a Registration Statement filed in connection with a Shelf Registration (including an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement).

“Specified Period” means 90 days; provided that such period may be extended as may be reasonably requested by the managing or co-managing underwriter of a registered offering required hereunder to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA rules or any successor provisions or amendments thereto.

“Stockholder” means, at any time, each Post Party or any transferee or assignee of a Post Party pursuant to Section 2.12 of this Agreement, beneficially owning Company Securities that shall be a party to or bound by this Agreement, so long as such Person shall beneficially own any Company Securities.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any entity of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions at the time are directly or indirectly owned by such Person.

(b) Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term: